1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
21 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
23 \usepackage{courier} }
25 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
26 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
27 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
28 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
29 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
30 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
31 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
32 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
34 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
36 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
37 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
39 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
41 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
42 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
44 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
45 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
46 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
49 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
51 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
52 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
53 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
56 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
57 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
59 % redefine the greyed out note
60 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
61 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
63 \options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
71 \font_typewriter default
72 \font_default_family default
87 \paperorientation portrait
98 \paragraph_separation indent
100 \quotes_language english
103 \paperpagestyle default
104 \tracking_changes false
105 \output_changes false
121 \begin_layout Standard
123 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
138 \begin_layout Standard
139 \begin_inset Note Note
142 \begin_layout Standard
143 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
150 \begin_layout Standard
151 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
159 \begin_layout Standard
160 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
161 LatexCommand tableofcontents
168 \begin_layout Chapter
172 \begin_layout Section
176 \begin_layout Standard
177 LyX is a document preparation system.
178 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
179 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
180 It is unlike most other
181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
188 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
190 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
202 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
207 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
211 \begin_layout Standard
212 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
225 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
229 \begin_layout Standard
231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
242 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
243 the format of all of the manuals.
244 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
245 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
262 \begin_layout Section
266 \begin_layout Standard
267 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
269 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
270 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
272 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
291 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
294 \begin_layout Standard
295 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
296 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
297 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
299 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
300 only a vertical scrollbar.
301 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
302 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
303 This, however, is due
304 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
305 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
306 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
307 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
309 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
310 this doesn't work for equations yet.
313 \begin_layout Standard
314 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
315 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
319 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
324 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
325 ing sections of this documentation.
328 \begin_layout Section
332 \begin_layout Standard
333 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
338 of the manuals from inside LyX.
339 Just select the manual you want read from the
346 \begin_layout Section
348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
350 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
359 without resorting to configuration files.
360 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
361 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
362 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
368 \begin_layout Standard
377 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
378 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
379 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
380 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
382 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
389 \begin_layout Standard
390 Reconfiguration of LyX
395 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
398 \begin_layout Section
400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
402 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
409 \begin_layout Standard
410 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
411 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
419 \begin_layout Standard
431 that will be created when using the menu
433 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
438 \begin_layout Standard
449 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
450 \begin_inset Note Note
453 \begin_layout Standard
454 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
462 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
463 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
471 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
475 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
488 \begin_layout Standard
489 Reconfiguration of LyX
497 \begin_layout Chapter
501 \begin_layout Section
502 Basic File Operations
506 \begin_layout Standard
515 \begin_layout Standard
520 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
524 \begin_layout Itemize
530 \begin_layout Itemize
542 \begin_layout Itemize
548 \begin_layout Itemize
554 \begin_layout Itemize
560 \begin_layout Itemize
567 \begin_layout Itemize
575 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_layout Itemize
588 \begin_layout Itemize
594 \begin_layout Itemize
600 \begin_layout Itemize
606 \begin_layout Standard
607 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
608 a few minor differences.
611 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
620 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
621 you for a template to use.
622 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
623 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
624 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
625 (see section\InsetSpace ~
627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
629 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
636 \begin_layout Standard
638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
661 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
662 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
665 \begin_layout Standard
677 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
681 \begin_layout Standard
682 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
701 will reload the document from disk.
702 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
703 and want to restore it to the last save.
709 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
710 can identify this as your changes.
713 \begin_layout Section
714 Basic Editing Features
718 \begin_layout Standard
725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
727 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
734 \begin_layout Standard
735 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
736 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
737 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
738 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
740 We'll start with cut and paste.
743 \begin_layout Standard
744 As you might expect, the
748 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
749 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
753 \begin_layout Itemize
759 \begin_layout Itemize
765 \begin_layout Itemize
771 \begin_layout Itemize
778 \begin_layout Itemize
785 \begin_layout Itemize
793 \begin_layout Standard
794 The first three are self-explanatory.
795 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
796 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
805 keys also functions as the
810 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
811 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
816 to get back the lost text.
819 \begin_layout Standard
823 \begin_layout Standard
829 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
835 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
838 \begin_layout Standard
841 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
843 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
845 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
848 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
854 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
860 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
861 will start a new paragraph.
864 \begin_layout Standard
868 \begin_layout Standard
878 \begin_layout Standard
886 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
898 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
903 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
914 button to skip the current word.
920 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
926 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
928 If the toggle is set, searching for
929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
940 will not match the word
941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
955 Match whole words only
957 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
985 \begin_layout Section
990 \begin_layout Standard
1000 \begin_layout Standard
1007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1009 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1016 \begin_layout Standard
1017 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1018 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1021 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1024 to undo some mistake.
1025 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1027 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1038 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1043 \begin_layout Standard
1044 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1045 it was last saved, the
1046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1053 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1054 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1057 \begin_layout Standard
1066 work on almost everything in LyX.
1067 They have some quirks, too.
1076 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1077 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1085 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1086 surely appreciate how it works.
1089 \begin_layout Section
1094 \begin_layout Standard
1103 \begin_layout Standard
1104 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1107 \begin_layout Enumerate
1112 \begin_layout Itemize
1117 once anywhere in the edit window.
1118 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1122 \begin_layout Enumerate
1127 \begin_layout Itemize
1133 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1136 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1139 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1142 \begin_layout Itemize
1143 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1145 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1152 \begin_layout Enumerate
1153 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1157 \begin_layout Standard
1162 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1163 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1164 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1168 \begin_layout Enumerate
1173 \begin_layout Standard
1178 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1183 \begin_layout Section
1185 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1187 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1195 \begin_layout Standard
1204 \begin_layout Standard
1205 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1206 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1208 LyX's default is CUA.
1211 \begin_layout Standard
1238 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1242 \begin_layout Labeling
1243 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1247 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1248 LatexCommand nomenclature
1250 description "Tabulator key"
1256 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1257 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1261 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1268 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1272 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1276 reference "sub:Lists"
1282 If you're still confused, look in the
1289 \begin_layout Labeling
1290 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1294 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1295 LatexCommand nomenclature
1297 description "Escape key"
1304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1311 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1312 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1315 \begin_layout Labeling
1316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1327 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1328 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1332 \begin_layout Standard
1333 There are three modifier keys:
1336 \begin_layout Labeling
1337 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1355 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1356 LatexCommand nomenclature
1358 description "Control key"
1362 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1363 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1367 \begin_layout Itemize
1376 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1379 \begin_layout Itemize
1388 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1391 \begin_layout Itemize
1400 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1404 \begin_layout Labeling
1405 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1423 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1424 LatexCommand nomenclature
1426 description "Shift key"
1430 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1431 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1434 \begin_layout Labeling
1435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1453 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1454 LatexCommand nomenclature
1456 description "Meta or Alt key"
1460 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1461 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1462 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1468 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1470 menu accelerator keys
1473 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1474 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1478 \begin_layout Standard
1479 For example, the sequence
1480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1531 \begin_layout Standard
1532 There are also other things bound to the
1536 key, but you'll have to check in the
1548 \begin_layout Standard
1549 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1550 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1551 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1552 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1553 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1554 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1555 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1571 followed by a capital
1577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1595 \begin_layout Chapter
1600 \begin_layout Standard
1609 \begin_layout Section
1614 \begin_layout Standard
1623 \begin_layout Subsection
1627 \begin_layout Standard
1628 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1629 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1630 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1631 numbering schemes, and so on.
1632 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1633 and format the title of your document differently.
1636 \begin_layout Standard
1641 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1642 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1643 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1644 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1645 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1648 \begin_layout Standard
1649 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1650 how to adjust their properties.
1653 \begin_layout Subsection
1658 \begin_layout Standard
1665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1667 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1674 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1678 \begin_layout Standard
1679 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1683 \begin_layout Description
1684 Article for basic articles
1687 \begin_layout Description
1688 Report for basic reports
1691 \begin_layout Description
1692 Book for writing a book
1695 \begin_layout Description
1696 Letter for US-style letters
1699 \begin_layout Standard
1700 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1702 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1703 can be found in chapter
1705 Special Document Classes
1714 \begin_layout Description
1715 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1718 \begin_layout Description
1725 \begin_layout Standard
1734 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1738 \begin_layout Description
1739 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1740 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1741 There are three article layouts available.
1742 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1743 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1744 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1745 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1750 sequential numbering
1751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1754 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1755 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1756 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1757 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1760 \begin_layout Description
1761 Beamer Layout for presentations
1764 \begin_layout Description
1765 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1766 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1770 \begin_layout Description
1771 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1772 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1775 \begin_layout Description
1776 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1779 \begin_layout Description
1782 Die TeXnische Komödie
1784 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1787 \begin_layout Description
1788 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1791 \begin_layout Description
1792 Foils Used to make transparencies
1795 \begin_layout Description
1796 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1799 \begin_layout Description
1800 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1801 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1805 \begin_layout Description
1806 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1807 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1810 \begin_layout Description
1811 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1814 \begin_layout Description
1815 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1818 \begin_layout Description
1819 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1820 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1823 \begin_layout Description
1824 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1827 \begin_layout Description
1832 LaTeX document class
1835 \begin_layout Description
1836 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1839 \begin_layout Description
1844 \begin_layout Standard
1851 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1852 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1854 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1857 \begin_layout Description
1858 Slides Used to make transparencies
1861 \begin_layout Description
1863 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1864 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1867 \begin_layout Description
1868 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1871 \begin_layout Description
1876 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1879 \begin_layout Standard
1880 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1882 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1887 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1888 of the document classes.
1891 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1895 \begin_layout Standard
1896 You can select a class using the
1898 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1903 \begin_layout Standard
1912 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1916 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1920 \begin_layout Standard
1921 Each class has a default set of options.
1922 Here's a quick table describing them:
1925 \begin_layout Standard
1926 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1932 \begin_layout Standard
1934 \begin_inset Tabular
1935 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1937 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1938 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1939 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1940 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1941 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1942 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1946 \begin_layout Standard
1952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1955 \begin_layout Standard
1970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1973 \begin_layout Standard
1988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1991 \begin_layout Standard
2006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2009 \begin_layout Standard
2025 <row topline="true">
2026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2029 \begin_layout Standard
2043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2046 \begin_layout Standard
2061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2064 \begin_layout Standard
2079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2082 \begin_layout Standard
2097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2100 \begin_layout Standard
2116 <row topline="true">
2117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2120 \begin_layout Standard
2134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2137 \begin_layout Standard
2152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2155 \begin_layout Standard
2170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2173 \begin_layout Standard
2188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2191 \begin_layout Standard
2207 <row topline="true">
2208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2211 \begin_layout Standard
2225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2228 \begin_layout Standard
2243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2246 \begin_layout Standard
2261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2264 \begin_layout Standard
2279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2282 \begin_layout Standard
2298 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2302 \begin_layout Standard
2316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2319 \begin_layout Standard
2334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2337 \begin_layout Standard
2352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2355 \begin_layout Standard
2370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2373 \begin_layout Standard
2395 \begin_layout Standard
2396 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2402 \begin_layout Standard
2403 You're probably also wondering what
2404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2413 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2414 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2419 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2424 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2434 headings, there are also
2442 headings, and so on.
2443 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2447 reference "sub:Headings"
2454 \begin_layout Subsection
2459 \begin_layout Standard
2466 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2468 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2478 \begin_layout Standard
2487 \begin_layout Standard
2488 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2490 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2500 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2503 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2505 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2506 to use for your document.
2507 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2511 \begin_layout Standard
2512 You can augment your document class by selecting from among the layout modules
2513 that also appear on this pane.
2514 Highlighting a module will display a brief description of what it does.
2515 There is, for example, a URL module that adds a URL character style (see
2517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2519 reference "sub:Character-Styles"
2523 ), and there are several theorem modules that can add theorem environments,
2524 like those already present in the AMS classes, to standard classes like
2530 Note, however, that not all modules are compatible with all layouts.
2531 The theorem modules, for example, should
2535 be used with the AMS classes, since these already have their own theorem
2536 declarations; and no more than one of the theorem modules should be used
2541 \begin_layout Standard
2542 For information on creating your own modules---which can be used, for example,
2543 to store a set of character styles you like to use with different documents---s
2545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2547 reference "sec:Layouts"
2564 \begin_layout Standard
2574 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2575 You can choose between the following five options:
2578 \begin_layout Labeling
2579 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2584 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2587 \begin_layout Labeling
2588 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2593 No page numbers or headings.
2596 \begin_layout Labeling
2597 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2605 \begin_layout Labeling
2606 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2611 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2612 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2613 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2616 \begin_layout Labeling
2617 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2622 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2629 \begin_layout Standard
2630 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2638 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2639 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2641 Check the documentation for the
2645 package for more details,
2646 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2655 \begin_layout Standard
2660 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2664 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2671 \begin_layout Subsection
2672 Paper Size and Orientation
2676 \begin_layout Standard
2677 Document ! Paper size
2683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2685 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2692 \begin_layout Standard
2693 You'll find the following options in the menu
2698 of the dialog of the
2700 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2709 \begin_layout Standard
2718 \begin_layout Labeling
2719 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2724 What size paper to print on.
2728 \begin_layout Itemize
2734 \begin_layout Itemize
2744 \begin_layout Itemize
2750 \begin_layout Itemize
2756 \begin_layout Itemize
2762 \begin_layout Itemize
2768 \begin_layout Itemize
2774 \begin_layout Labeling
2775 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2780 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2791 \begin_layout Labeling
2792 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2795 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2798 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2799 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2802 \begin_layout Subsection
2807 \begin_layout Standard
2814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2824 \begin_layout Standard
2833 \begin_layout Standard
2834 Paper margins are set in the menu
2836 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2845 \begin_layout Standard
2854 \begin_layout Standard
2855 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2856 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2857 the paper format and the font size into account.
2860 \begin_layout Subsection
2864 \begin_layout Standard
2865 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2870 That includes the paragraph environments.
2871 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2872 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2873 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2874 paragraph environments to
2878 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2879 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2880 the conversion and why it failed.
2883 \begin_layout Section
2884 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2888 \begin_layout Standard
2889 Paragraph ! Indentation
2897 \begin_layout Subsection
2899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2901 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2908 \begin_layout Standard
2909 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2910 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2913 \begin_layout Standard
2914 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2915 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2916 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2917 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2921 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2927 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2928 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2929 language than English.
2930 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2933 \begin_layout Standard
2934 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2935 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2937 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2938 LyX takes care of that.
2939 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2941 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2942 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2943 of a page, and so on.
2947 \begin_layout Standard
2948 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2953 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2954 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2958 of these pre-coded spacings.
2959 We'll explain more later.
2962 \begin_layout Subsection
2963 Paragraph Separation
2967 \begin_layout Standard
2968 Paragraph ! Separation
2976 \begin_layout Standard
2977 To separate paragraphs, select
2992 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2997 \begin_layout Standard
3005 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3006 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3007 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3010 \begin_layout Standard
3020 \begin_layout Standard
3021 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
3023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3025 reference "cap:Units"
3030 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
3034 \begin_layout Subsection
3038 \begin_layout Standard
3039 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3042 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3043 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
3046 dialog and toggle the
3051 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3052 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3053 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3057 \begin_layout Standard
3058 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3059 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3062 \begin_layout Subsection
3067 \begin_layout Standard
3068 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3076 \begin_layout Standard
3079 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3084 \begin_layout Standard
3092 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3101 \begin_layout Standard
3102 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3108 \begin_layout Standard
3109 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3116 installed to use this feature.
3124 \begin_layout Section
3125 Paragraph Environments
3129 \begin_layout Standard
3130 Paragraph ! Environments
3136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3138 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3146 \begin_layout Standard
3147 Paragraph environments|(
3155 \begin_layout Subsection
3159 \begin_layout Standard
3160 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3163 \begin_layout Standard
3183 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3184 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3185 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3194 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3197 \begin_layout Standard
3198 A paragraph environment is simply a
3199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3206 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3207 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3208 scheme, labels, and so on.
3209 Additionally, you can
3210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3217 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3218 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3219 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3220 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3221 days of typewriters.
3222 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3224 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3227 \begin_layout Standard
3228 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3230 LyX will change the environment of the
3234 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3235 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3236 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3240 \begin_layout Standard
3249 create a new paragraph using the
3253 paragraph environment.
3255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3262 because if you are in one of these environments:
3265 \begin_layout Itemize
3271 \begin_layout Itemize
3277 \begin_layout Itemize
3283 \begin_layout Itemize
3289 \begin_layout Itemize
3295 \begin_layout Itemize
3301 \begin_layout Itemize
3307 \begin_layout Standard
3308 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3312 , rather than resetting it to
3317 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3318 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3319 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3323 reference "sec:Nesting"
3328 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3333 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3334 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3342 \begin_layout Subsection
3346 \begin_layout Standard
3347 The default paragraph environment is
3352 It creates a plain paragraph.
3353 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3354 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3355 this manual) are in the
3362 \begin_layout Standard
3363 You can nest a paragraph using the
3367 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3375 \begin_layout Subsection
3380 \begin_layout Standard
3389 \begin_layout Standard
3390 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3399 for thanks or contact information.
3400 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3401 page along with today's date.
3402 For other types of documents, the title
3403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3410 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3414 \begin_layout Standard
3415 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3429 Here's how you use them:
3432 \begin_layout Itemize
3433 Put the title of your document in the
3440 \begin_layout Itemize
3441 Put the author name in the
3448 \begin_layout Itemize
3449 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3450 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3456 Note that using this environment is optional.
3457 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3458 If you don't want any date, add the line
3468 to the preamble of your document (menu
3470 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3476 \begin_layout Standard
3477 You can use footnotes to insert
3478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3485 or contact informations.
3488 \begin_layout Subsection
3493 \begin_layout Standard
3500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3509 \begin_layout Standard
3510 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3511 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3514 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3519 \begin_layout Standard
3520 Section headings ! Numbered
3528 \begin_layout Standard
3529 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3533 \begin_layout Enumerate
3539 \begin_layout Enumerate
3545 \begin_layout Enumerate
3551 \begin_layout Enumerate
3557 \begin_layout Enumerate
3563 \begin_layout Enumerate
3569 \begin_layout Enumerate
3575 \begin_layout Standard
3576 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3577 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3578 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3581 \begin_layout Standard
3582 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3583 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3584 You group the book into chapters.
3585 LyX does similar grouping:
3588 \begin_layout Itemize
3593 is divided in either
3602 \begin_layout Itemize
3614 \begin_layout Itemize
3626 \begin_layout Itemize
3638 \begin_layout Itemize
3650 \begin_layout Itemize
3662 \begin_layout Standard
3663 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3666 \begin_layout Standard
3671 Not all document types use the
3675 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3680 is the top-level heading.
3688 \begin_layout Standard
3693 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3694 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3696 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3708 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3713 \begin_layout Standard
3714 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3722 \begin_layout Standard
3723 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3727 \begin_layout Enumerate
3733 \begin_layout Enumerate
3739 \begin_layout Enumerate
3745 \begin_layout Enumerate
3751 \begin_layout Enumerate
3757 \begin_layout Standard
3759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3766 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3767 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3768 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3779 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3780 Changing the Numbering
3781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3783 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3790 \begin_layout Standard
3791 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3792 in the Table of Contents.
3793 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3795 Certain classes start with
3809 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3819 This is something you can change.
3822 \begin_layout Standard
3825 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3834 \begin_layout Standard
3844 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3848 you'll see two counters.
3853 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3855 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3859 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3860 Short Titles of Headings
3864 \begin_layout Standard
3865 Section headings ! Short titles
3874 \begin_layout Standard
3881 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3883 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3890 \begin_layout Standard
3891 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3892 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3893 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3894 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3898 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3899 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3900 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3901 To specify a short title, use the menu
3903 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3908 This will insert a box labeled
3909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3924 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3925 This also works for captions inside floats.
3928 \begin_layout Standard
3929 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3932 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 The following information applies to all section headings:
3940 \begin_layout Itemize
3941 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3944 \begin_layout Itemize
3945 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3948 \begin_layout Itemize
3949 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3952 \begin_layout Itemize
3953 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3956 \begin_layout Subsection
3957 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3960 \begin_layout Standard
3961 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3975 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3976 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3977 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3978 the text they contain.
3979 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3987 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3990 \begin_layout Standard
3991 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4000 when you start a new paragraph.
4001 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4005 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4006 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4007 to change back to the
4011 environment yourself.
4014 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4024 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4034 \begin_layout Standard
4043 \begin_layout Standard
4044 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4045 time for the differences.
4054 are identical except for one difference:
4058 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4067 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4070 \begin_layout Standard
4071 Here's an example of the
4084 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4086 See -- no indentation!
4090 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4091 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4092 the other paragraph.
4095 \begin_layout Standard
4096 Here's another example, this time in the
4103 \begin_layout Quotation
4109 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4110 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4111 the first line, then
4115 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4119 you were quoting other text.
4122 \begin_layout Quotation
4123 Here's a new paragraph.
4124 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4125 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4128 \begin_layout Standard
4129 As the examples show,
4133 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4134 They should put quotes in the
4139 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4143 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4146 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4155 \begin_layout Standard
4167 \begin_layout Standard
4174 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4183 \begin_layout Standard
4188 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4195 Which I did not rehearse!
4199 It could be much worse.
4200 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4202 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4203 indented a bit more than the first.
4204 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4211 And make things look fine
4220 \begin_layout Standard
4225 does not indent both margins.
4226 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4227 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4238 \begin_layout Subsection
4243 \begin_layout Standard
4250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4259 \begin_layout Standard
4260 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4270 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4279 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4280 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4281 some general features of all four of them.
4284 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4288 \begin_layout Standard
4289 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4291 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4300 reset the environment to
4304 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4305 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4306 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4311 to break paragraphs.
4314 \begin_layout Standard
4315 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4316 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4318 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4319 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4323 reference "sec:Nesting"
4331 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4340 \begin_layout Standard
4347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4356 \begin_layout Standard
4357 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4361 paragraph environment.
4362 It has the following properties:
4365 \begin_layout Itemize
4366 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4370 \begin_layout Itemize
4371 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4374 \begin_layout Itemize
4375 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4379 \begin_layout Itemize
4380 The items can have any length.
4381 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4382 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4389 \begin_layout Itemize
4394 environment inside another
4398 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4402 \begin_layout Itemize
4403 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4406 \begin_layout Itemize
4407 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4410 \begin_layout Itemize
4411 See section\InsetSpace ~
4413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4415 reference "sec:Nesting"
4419 for a full explanation of nesting.
4423 \begin_layout Standard
4424 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4433 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4436 \begin_layout Standard
4437 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4438 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4439 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4442 \begin_layout Itemize
4443 The label for the first level
4447 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4451 \begin_layout Itemize
4452 The label for the second level is a dash.
4456 \begin_layout Itemize
4457 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4461 \begin_layout Itemize
4462 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4466 \begin_layout Itemize
4467 Back out to the third level.
4471 \begin_layout Itemize
4472 Back to the second level.
4476 \begin_layout Itemize
4477 Back to the outermost level.
4480 \begin_layout Standard
4481 These are the default labels for an
4486 You can customize these labels in the
4488 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4491 dialog in the submenu
4501 \begin_layout Standard
4510 \begin_layout Standard
4511 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4512 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4513 in section\InsetSpace ~
4515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4517 reference "sec:Nesting"
4524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4533 \begin_layout Standard
4540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4542 name "sec:Enumerate"
4549 \begin_layout Standard
4554 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4555 It has these properties:
4558 \begin_layout Enumerate
4559 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4563 \begin_layout Enumerate
4564 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4568 \begin_layout Enumerate
4569 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4572 \begin_layout Enumerate
4577 environment resets the counter to one.
4580 \begin_layout Enumerate
4593 \begin_layout Enumerate
4594 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4595 Items can have any length.
4598 \begin_layout Enumerate
4599 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4602 \begin_layout Enumerate
4603 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4606 \begin_layout Enumerate
4607 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4611 \begin_layout Standard
4620 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4621 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4628 \begin_layout Enumerate
4629 The first level of an
4633 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4637 \begin_layout Enumerate
4638 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4642 \begin_layout Enumerate
4643 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4647 \begin_layout Enumerate
4648 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4651 \begin_layout Enumerate
4652 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4657 \begin_layout Enumerate
4658 Back to the third level
4662 \begin_layout Enumerate
4663 Back to the second level.
4667 \begin_layout Enumerate
4668 Back to the outermost level.
4671 \begin_layout Standard
4672 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4677 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4682 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4686 \begin_layout Standard
4687 There is more to nesting
4691 environments than we've stated here.
4692 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4696 reference "sec:Nesting"
4700 to learn more about nesting.
4703 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4712 \begin_layout Standard
4719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4721 name "sec:Description-List"
4728 \begin_layout Standard
4729 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4733 list has no fixed label.
4734 Instead, LyX uses the first
4735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4742 of the first line as the label.
4746 \begin_layout Description
4747 Example: This is an example of the
4754 \begin_layout Standard
4755 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4759 \begin_layout Standard
4761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4768 it is meant that the first hit of the
4772 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4774 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4785 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4786 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4787 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4790 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4794 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4798 for more info.) Here is an example:
4801 \begin_layout Description
4803 Example: This one shows how to use a
4805 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4815 \begin_layout Description
4816 Usage: You should use the
4820 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4821 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4823 It's not a good idea to use a
4827 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4828 You're better off using
4840 paragraphs into them.
4843 \begin_layout Description
4844 Nesting: You can nest
4848 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4852 \begin_layout Standard
4853 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4854 them from the first line.
4857 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4866 \begin_layout Standard
4873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4882 \begin_layout Standard
4887 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4891 \begin_layout Standard
4900 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4901 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4904 \begin_layout Labeling
4905 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4907 labels LyX uses the first
4908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4915 of each line as the item label.
4920 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4921 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4922 blank as described above.
4925 \begin_layout Labeling
4926 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4927 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4928 the body of the item text.
4929 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4930 label width plus a little extra space.
4934 \begin_layout Labeling
4935 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4937 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4939 If the label width is larger, the label
4940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4947 into the first line.
4948 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4949 margin of the rest of the item text.
4952 \begin_layout Labeling
4953 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4954 default\InsetSpace ~
4955 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4960 environment have the same left margin.
4962 To change the default width, select
4963 all items in the list.
4966 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4967 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4973 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4976 determines the default label width.
4977 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4986 multiple times instead.
4987 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4996 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4998 Longest\InsetSpace ~
5001 every time you alter a label in a
5007 The predefined default width is the length of
5008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5019 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5022 \begin_layout Standard
5027 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5028 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5036 \begin_layout Standard
5041 environment the same way like the
5045 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5051 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5055 \begin_layout Standard
5060 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5062 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5063 Read section\InsetSpace ~
5065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5067 reference "sec:Nesting"
5071 to learn about nesting.
5074 \begin_layout Standard
5075 There is yet another feature of the
5079 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5081 You can use additional
5085 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5090 later in section\InsetSpace ~
5092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5094 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5099 Here are some examples:
5102 \begin_layout Labeling
5103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5104 Left The default for
5111 \begin_layout Labeling
5112 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5119 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5122 \begin_layout Labeling
5123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5132 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5135 \begin_layout Subsection
5140 \begin_layout Standard
5149 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5162 \begin_layout Standard
5163 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5174 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5175 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5176 In contrast, you can use the
5185 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5186 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5190 \begin_layout Standard
5191 Of course, you're not limited to using
5206 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5207 some European academic papers.
5210 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5214 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5221 \begin_layout Standard
5226 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5227 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5233 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5234 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5235 Here's an example of each:
5238 \begin_layout Right Address
5245 When is it? What is today?
5248 \begin_layout Standard
5255 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5256 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5257 Here's an example of the
5264 \begin_layout Address
5267 Where do I send this
5269 Your post office and country
5272 \begin_layout Standard
5273 As you can see, both
5282 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5287 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5293 This makes sense, since
5301 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5302 Thus, you have to use
5312 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5313 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5321 menu) to start a new line in an
5333 \begin_layout Subsection
5337 \begin_layout Standard
5338 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5339 or list of references.
5340 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5343 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5350 \begin_layout Standard
5359 \begin_layout Standard
5364 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5365 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5366 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5367 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5371 in anything else or vice versa.
5377 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5378 The book document classes ignores the
5382 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5386 in a letter document class.
5389 \begin_layout Standard
5394 environment does several things for you.
5395 First, it puts the centered label
5396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5404 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5406 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5407 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5408 the subsequent text.
5409 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5410 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5413 \begin_layout Standard
5414 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5418 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5419 The new paragraph will still be in the
5424 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5425 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5428 \begin_layout Standard
5429 \begin_inset Float figure
5434 \begin_layout Standard
5436 \begin_inset Graphics
5437 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5447 \begin_layout Standard
5448 \begin_inset Caption
5450 \begin_layout Standard
5451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5453 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5474 \begin_layout Standard
5475 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5479 environment, but since this document is in the
5480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5487 class, we can't do this.
5488 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5492 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5497 If you've never heard of an
5498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5505 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5508 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5517 \begin_layout Standard
5524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5526 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5533 \begin_layout Standard
5538 environment is used to list references.
5539 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5540 only use it at the end of the document.
5545 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5548 \begin_layout Standard
5549 When you first open a
5553 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5569 depending on the document class.
5570 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5571 Each paragraph of the
5575 environment is a bibliography entry.
5580 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5581 Each new paragraph is still in the
5588 \begin_layout Standard
5589 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5590 in section\InsetSpace ~
5592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5594 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5601 \begin_layout Subsection
5608 \begin_layout Standard
5609 Paragraph ! LyX code
5615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5624 \begin_layout Standard
5629 environment is another LyX extension.
5630 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5635 key as a fixed whitespace;
5639 \begin_layout Standard
5650 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5653 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5658 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5659 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5677 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5678 So, when you finish using the
5682 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5683 Also, you can nest the
5687 environment inside of others.
5690 \begin_layout Standard
5691 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5694 \begin_layout Itemize
5699 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5711 \begin_layout Itemize
5724 \begin_layout Itemize
5729 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5736 \begin_layout Itemize
5745 \begin_layout Itemize
5746 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5747 You must put at least one
5751 in any line you want blank.
5752 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5755 \begin_layout Itemize
5756 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5760 since that will insert
5765 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5773 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5776 \begin_layout Standard
5780 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5784 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5788 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5792 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5796 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5797 printf("Hello World!
5802 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5806 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5810 \begin_layout Standard
5811 This is just the standard
5812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5823 \begin_layout Standard
5828 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5829 rc-files, and so on.
5830 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5831 as if you used a typewriter.
5835 \begin_layout Standard
5836 Paragraph environments|)
5844 \begin_layout Section
5845 Nesting Environments
5849 \begin_layout Standard
5850 Nesting ! Environments
5856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5865 \begin_layout Subsection
5869 \begin_layout Standard
5870 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5872 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5874 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5876 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5888 \begin_layout Enumerate
5892 \begin_layout Enumerate
5897 \begin_layout Enumerate
5901 \begin_layout Enumerate
5906 \begin_layout Enumerate
5910 \begin_layout Standard
5911 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5912 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5914 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5920 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5928 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5929 will tell you how far you are nested).
5930 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5931 \begin_inset Graphics
5932 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
5939 \begin_inset Graphics
5940 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
5946 or the convenient key bindings
5954 to change the nesting level.
5955 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5956 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5960 \begin_layout Standard
5961 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5962 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5963 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5964 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5968 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5969 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5971 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5974 \begin_layout Subsection
5975 What You Can and Can't Nest
5978 \begin_layout Standard
5979 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5980 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5983 \begin_layout Standard
5984 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5985 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5986 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5989 \begin_layout Itemize
5990 Completely unnestable
5993 \begin_layout Itemize
5994 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5995 other things inside of them.
5998 \begin_layout Itemize
5999 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6003 \begin_layout Standard
6004 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6005 environments have them:
6008 \begin_layout Description
6009 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6010 Can't nest into them.
6014 \begin_layout Itemize
6020 \begin_layout Itemize
6026 \begin_layout Itemize
6034 \begin_layout Itemize
6040 \begin_layout Itemize
6046 \begin_layout Itemize
6054 \begin_layout Itemize
6060 \begin_layout Itemize
6066 \begin_layout Itemize
6072 \begin_layout Itemize
6078 \begin_layout Itemize
6084 \begin_layout Itemize
6090 \begin_layout Itemize
6096 \begin_layout Itemize
6102 \begin_layout Itemize
6108 \begin_layout Itemize
6114 \begin_layout Itemize
6121 \begin_layout Description
6123 Nestable You can nest them.
6124 You can nest other things into them.
6128 \begin_layout Itemize
6134 \begin_layout Itemize
6140 \begin_layout Itemize
6146 \begin_layout Itemize
6152 \begin_layout Itemize
6158 \begin_layout Itemize
6164 \begin_layout Itemize
6170 \begin_layout Itemize
6177 \begin_layout Description
6178 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6179 You can't nest anything into them.
6183 \begin_layout Itemize
6189 \begin_layout Itemize
6196 \begin_layout Itemize
6203 \begin_layout Standard
6208 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6222 \begin_layout Subsection
6223 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6227 \begin_layout Standard
6228 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6236 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6243 \begin_layout Standard
6244 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6245 affected by nesting anyhow.
6249 \begin_layout Itemize
6253 \begin_layout Itemize
6257 \begin_layout Itemize
6261 \begin_layout Standard
6263 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6266 \begin_layout Standard
6271 If you put a figure or a table in a
6275 , this is no longer true.
6280 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
6282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6284 reference "sec:Floats"
6288 for more informations about
6295 \begin_layout Standard
6296 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6297 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6301 \begin_layout Standard
6302 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6310 of its own, it behaves just like a
6311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6318 paragraph environment.
6319 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6323 \begin_layout Standard
6324 Here's an example with a table:
6327 \begin_layout Enumerate
6332 \begin_layout Enumerate
6333 This is (a) and it's nested.
6337 \begin_layout Standard
6338 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6344 \begin_layout Standard
6346 \begin_inset Tabular
6347 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6349 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6350 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6351 <row topline="true">
6352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6355 \begin_layout Standard
6370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6373 \begin_layout Standard
6389 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6393 \begin_layout Standard
6408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6411 \begin_layout Standard
6434 \begin_layout Standard
6435 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6442 \begin_layout Enumerate
6444 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6448 \begin_layout Enumerate
6452 \begin_layout Standard
6453 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6456 \begin_layout Enumerate
6461 \begin_layout Enumerate
6462 This is (a) and it's nested.
6466 \begin_layout Standard
6467 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6473 \begin_layout Standard
6475 \begin_inset Tabular
6476 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6478 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6479 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6480 <row topline="true">
6481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6484 \begin_layout Standard
6499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6502 \begin_layout Standard
6518 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6522 \begin_layout Standard
6537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6540 \begin_layout Standard
6563 \begin_layout Standard
6564 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6570 \begin_layout Enumerate
6577 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6580 \begin_layout Enumerate
6584 \begin_layout Standard
6585 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6589 \begin_layout Standard
6590 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6592 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6595 \begin_layout Enumerate
6600 \begin_layout Enumerate
6601 This is (a) and it's nested.
6604 \begin_layout Standard
6605 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6611 \begin_layout Standard
6613 \begin_inset Tabular
6614 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6616 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6617 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6618 <row topline="true">
6619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6622 \begin_layout Standard
6637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6640 \begin_layout Standard
6656 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6660 \begin_layout Standard
6675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6678 \begin_layout Standard
6701 \begin_layout Standard
6702 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6708 \begin_layout Enumerate
6710 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6718 \begin_layout Enumerate
6722 \begin_layout Standard
6723 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6729 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6730 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6734 \begin_layout Subsection
6735 Usage and General Features
6736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6738 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
6745 \begin_layout Standard
6746 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6755 is the innermost possible depth.
6756 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6759 \begin_layout Enumerate
6760 level #1 - outermost
6764 \begin_layout Enumerate
6769 \begin_layout Enumerate
6774 \begin_layout Enumerate
6779 \begin_layout Itemize
6784 \begin_layout Itemize
6793 \begin_layout Standard
6794 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6795 both of them in the example.
6796 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6806 For example, if we tried to nest another
6811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6821 \begin_layout Subsection
6826 \begin_layout Standard
6835 \begin_layout Standard
6836 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6837 We have several examples of nested environments.
6838 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6842 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6843 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6846 \begin_layout Labeling
6847 \labelwidthstring MMM
6848 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6857 \begin_layout Labeling
6858 \labelwidthstring MMM
6859 #2-a This is level #2.
6860 We created it by using
6872 \begin_layout Labeling
6873 \labelwidthstring MMM
6874 #3-a This is level #3.
6875 This time, we just hit
6884 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6897 \begin_layout Standard
6902 environment, nested inside of
6903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6911 So, it's at level #4.
6912 We did this by hitting
6920 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6925 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6946 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6953 \begin_layout Labeling
6954 \labelwidthstring MMM
6955 #4-a This is level #4.
6960 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6965 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6969 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6974 keep nesting things inside of
6975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6986 \begin_layout Labeling
6987 \labelwidthstring MMM
6988 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6993 \begin_layout Labeling
6994 \labelwidthstring MMM
6995 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6996 and this is level #6.
6997 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7001 \begin_layout Labeling
7002 \labelwidthstring MMM
7003 #5-b Back to level #5.
7016 \begin_layout Labeling
7017 \labelwidthstring MMM
7026 , we're back at level #4.
7030 \begin_layout Labeling
7031 \labelwidthstring MMM
7032 #3-b Back to level #3.
7033 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7037 \begin_layout Labeling
7038 \labelwidthstring MMM
7039 #2-b Back to level #2.
7044 \begin_layout Labeling
7045 \labelwidthstring MMM
7046 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7047 After this sentence, we'll hit
7051 and change the paragraph environment back to
7058 \begin_layout Standard
7059 We could have also used the
7075 environment in place of the
7080 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7083 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7084 Example 2: Inheritance
7087 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7088 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7091 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7101 , after which, we'll change to the
7109 \begin_layout Enumerate
7114 environment, at level #2.
7117 \begin_layout Enumerate
7118 Notice how the nested
7122 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7126 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7130 \begin_layout Standard
7131 We ended this example by hitting
7136 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7140 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7147 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7148 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7160 \begin_layout Standard
7161 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7169 \begin_layout Enumerate
7170 This is level #1, in an
7174 paragraph environment.
7175 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7179 \begin_layout Enumerate
7190 Now, what happens if we nest an
7194 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7195 label be? An asterisk?
7199 \begin_layout Itemize
7209 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7210 So, its label is a bullet.
7211 (We got here by using
7219 , then changing the environment to
7227 \begin_layout Itemize
7228 Here's level #4, produced using
7237 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7242 \begin_layout Enumerate
7243 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7245 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7250 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7254 , because we are in the
7278 \begin_layout Enumerate
7283 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7284 type of numbering does LyX use?
7287 \begin_layout Enumerate
7288 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7292 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7295 \begin_layout Enumerate
7300 to decrease the depth after the next
7308 \begin_layout Enumerate
7310 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7314 \begin_layout Enumerate
7316 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7317 numeral as the label.Why?
7320 \begin_layout Enumerate
7321 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7330 Notice, however, that LyX
7334 reset the counter for the label.
7338 \begin_layout Enumerate
7347 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7348 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7349 into the twofold-nested
7357 \begin_layout Enumerate
7358 The same thing happens if we do another
7366 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7369 \begin_layout Standard
7370 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7375 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7389 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7395 The same rule applies for the
7399 environment, as well.
7402 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7403 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7406 \begin_layout Enumerate
7407 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7408 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7409 same detail with how we did it.
7418 \begin_layout Standard
7421 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7423 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7424 example in parentheses someplace.
7425 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7426 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7427 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7431 \begin_layout Enumerate
7436 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7441 Now we'll add verse.
7443 It will get much worse.
7447 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7453 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7455 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7467 \begin_layout Standard
7468 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7474 \begin_layout Standard
7476 \begin_inset Tabular
7477 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7479 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7480 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7485 \begin_layout Standard
7500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7503 \begin_layout Standard
7519 <row topline="true">
7520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7523 \begin_layout Standard
7538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7541 \begin_layout Standard
7568 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7572 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7578 \begin_layout Enumerate
7583 : level #1) This is another item.
7584 Note that selecting a
7588 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7589 3 times to put the table inside the
7597 \begin_layout Quotation
7598 We're now ending the
7602 list and changing to
7607 We're still at level #1.
7608 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7609 The next set of paragraphs is a
7610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7626 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7630 for the letter body.
7635 to preserve the depth.
7636 Remember that you need to use
7640 to create multiple lines inside the
7654 \begin_layout Right Address
7657 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7662 \begin_layout Address
7663 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7667 \begin_layout Quotation
7668 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7669 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7672 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7673 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7674 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7675 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7676 as soon as possible.
7677 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7680 \begin_layout Quotation
7681 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7682 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7683 with your order, along with payment.
7686 \begin_layout Quotation
7687 We thank you again for your patience.
7690 \begin_layout Address
7697 \begin_layout Quotation
7698 That ends that example!
7701 \begin_layout Standard
7702 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7703 just a few keystrokes.
7704 We could have easily nested an
7725 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7728 \begin_layout Section
7729 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7732 \begin_layout Subsection
7734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7736 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7743 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7749 \begin_layout Standard
7750 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7751 in a uniform fashion.
7752 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7753 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7754 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7755 equally between themselves.
7759 \begin_layout Standard
7764 can be inserted with
7766 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7767 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7768 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7772 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7777 This is on the left side
7779 This is on the right
7802 \begin_layout Standard
7803 That was an example in the
7809 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7815 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7818 is one in a standard paragraph.
7819 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7823 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7826 \begin_layout Standard
7827 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7828 Here's an example with the
7835 \begin_layout Labeling
7836 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7848 \begin_layout Standard
7850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7857 marks the beginning of the item.
7858 (There is actually a
7859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7866 HFill inside of the label of the
7870 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7879 situations, like two-column mode.
7882 \begin_layout Standard
7883 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7886 \begin_layout Standard
7891 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7895 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7896 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7897 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7907 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7923 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7924 Other space variants
7925 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7927 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7934 \begin_layout Standard
7935 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7936 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7945 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7947 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7950 \begin_layout Paragraph
7954 \begin_layout Standard
7955 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7956 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7967 For example the command
7974 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7977 cm space within the following line:
7980 \begin_layout Standard
7982 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7989 \begin_layout Standard
7999 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8003 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8006 cm space between the arrows.
8009 \begin_layout Standard
8010 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8014 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8021 \begin_layout Paragraph
8025 \begin_layout Standard
8026 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
8028 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
8031 \begin_layout Standard
8032 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8035 What is correct English?:
8040 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
8046 \begin_layout Standard
8062 \begin_layout Standard
8073 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8079 \begin_layout Standard
8080 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
8081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8091 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
8098 In our case write the command
8105 (note the space after
8106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8113 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
8114 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
8115 That is why it is named
8116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8127 \begin_layout Standard
8128 There exists also the commands
8140 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
8141 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
8142 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
8144 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
8156 \begin_layout Subsection
8158 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8160 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
8167 \begin_layout Standard
8168 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
8170 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8171 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8172 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
8176 There you find the following sizes:
8179 \begin_layout Standard
8192 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
8197 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
8199 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8204 \begin_layout Standard
8212 for the paragraph separation.
8213 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
8224 \begin_layout Standard
8229 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
8230 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
8232 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
8233 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
8242 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
8246 \begin_layout Standard
8251 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
8253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8255 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8264 If there are several
8268 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
8269 You can therefore use
8273 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
8276 \begin_layout Standard
8281 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8285 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8292 \begin_layout Standard
8293 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8296 \begin_layout Standard
8303 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
8304 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
8316 \begin_layout Subsection
8320 \begin_layout Standard
8321 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
8323 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8327 There are four possibilities:
8330 \begin_layout Itemize
8336 \begin_layout Itemize
8342 \begin_layout Itemize
8348 \begin_layout Itemize
8354 \begin_layout Standard
8355 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8356 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8357 the left and right margins.
8358 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8361 \begin_layout Standard
8363 This paragraph is right aligned,
8366 \begin_layout Standard
8368 this one is centered,
8371 \begin_layout Standard
8373 this one is left aligned.
8376 \begin_layout Subsection
8381 \begin_layout Standard
8388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8390 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
8397 \begin_layout Standard
8398 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8399 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8400 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8401 Only if you use many
8405 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8408 \begin_layout Standard
8409 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8410 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8414 have to change the pagebreaking.
8417 \begin_layout Standard
8418 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8420 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8422 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8423 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8428 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8429 that it fills out the complete page.
8430 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8431 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8432 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8443 \begin_layout Standard
8444 For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
8446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8458 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8459 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8463 \begin_layout Standard
8464 normally one uses simply
8476 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8477 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8480 \begin_layout Standard
8481 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8482 at the top of a page.
8483 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8484 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8485 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8486 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8490 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8501 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8505 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
8513 \begin_layout Standard
8522 \begin_layout Standard
8523 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
8524 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
8525 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
8526 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
8527 if necessary by adding pages.
8530 \begin_layout Standard
8531 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
8533 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8534 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8539 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
8541 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8542 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8547 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
8548 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
8551 \begin_layout Subsection
8556 \begin_layout Standard
8563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8565 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
8572 \begin_layout Standard
8573 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8575 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8578 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8587 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8588 whole space between the page margins.
8589 This is necessary to avoid
8590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8597 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8598 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8610 The syntax is similar tho the command
8616 , described in the previous section.
8619 \begin_layout Standard
8620 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8621 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8622 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8623 set a linebreak, e.g.
8624 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8628 reference "sec:Quote"
8633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8635 reference "sec:Verse"
8640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8642 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
8649 \begin_layout Subsection
8654 \begin_layout Standard
8663 \begin_layout Standard
8664 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
8665 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
8666 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
8667 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
8669 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8673 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8675 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8677 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8685 \begin_layout Standard
8694 \begin_layout Standard
8695 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8696 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
8697 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
8698 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
8699 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
8701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8703 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8708 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8709 In this case, insert one with
8711 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8712 Special\InsetSpace ~
8713 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8714 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
8724 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8728 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8736 \begin_layout Standard
8745 \begin_layout Standard
8746 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8748 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8752 Further documentation is given in section
8755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8757 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8765 \begin_layout Standard
8766 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8781 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8790 A protected space is set with
8792 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8793 Special\InsetSpace ~
8794 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8809 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8813 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8821 \begin_layout Standard
8830 \begin_layout Standard
8832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8839 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8848 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8849 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8850 inside abbreviations:
8854 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8856 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8857 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
8861 \begin_layout Standard
8862 or between values and units.
8863 Compare for example this:
8865 10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8871 \begin_layout Standard
8872 You can insert thin spaces with the menu
8874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8875 Special\InsetSpace ~
8876 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8887 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8891 \begin_layout Standard
8892 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
8893 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
8894 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
8896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8898 reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
8907 Te latter means to type
8911 space-insert <command>
8918 into the command buffer, where
8922 is one of the following:
8926 \begin_layout Standard
8928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8935 is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8939 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8951 \begin_layout Standard
8953 \begin_inset Tabular
8954 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
8956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8957 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8958 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
8959 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8963 \begin_layout Standard
8971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8974 \begin_layout Standard
8982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8985 \begin_layout Standard
8994 <row topline="true">
8995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8998 \begin_layout Standard
9006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9009 \begin_layout Standard
9016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9019 \begin_layout Standard
9026 <row topline="true">
9027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9030 \begin_layout Standard
9038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9041 \begin_layout Standard
9048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9051 \begin_layout Standard
9058 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
9059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9062 \begin_layout Standard
9070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9073 \begin_layout Standard
9080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9083 \begin_layout Standard
9090 <row bottomline="true">
9091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9094 \begin_layout Standard
9102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9105 \begin_layout Standard
9112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9115 \begin_layout Standard
9122 <row bottomline="true">
9123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9126 \begin_layout Standard
9134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9137 \begin_layout Standard
9144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9147 \begin_layout Standard
9154 <row bottomline="true">
9155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9158 \begin_layout Standard
9166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9169 \begin_layout Standard
9176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9179 \begin_layout Standard
9186 <row bottomline="true">
9187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9190 \begin_layout Standard
9198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9201 \begin_layout Standard
9208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9211 \begin_layout Standard
9218 <row bottomline="true">
9219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9222 \begin_layout Standard
9230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9233 \begin_layout Standard
9240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9243 \begin_layout Standard
9257 \begin_layout Subsection
9259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9261 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9269 \begin_layout Standard
9278 \begin_layout Standard
9283 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9284 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9285 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
9288 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9294 \begin_layout Section
9295 Fonts and Text Styles
9296 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9298 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9305 \begin_layout Subsection
9310 \begin_layout Standard
9319 \begin_layout Standard
9320 There are two types of fonts:
9323 \begin_layout Description
9329 \begin_layout Standard
9335 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9336 characters) in the font.
9337 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9338 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9339 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9340 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9341 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9342 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9343 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9344 provide a good image.
9346 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
9347 size and scale them.
9348 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9349 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9350 sizes than at small ones.
9368 \begin_layout Description
9374 \begin_layout Standard
9380 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9381 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9382 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9383 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9384 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9385 picture manipulation program.
9386 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9387 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9388 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9389 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9390 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9392 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9393 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9395 Bitmap fonts are named
9401 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9404 \begin_layout Standard
9405 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9406 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9407 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9408 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9412 \begin_layout Standard
9413 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9414 its document properties.
9417 \begin_layout Standard
9418 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9419 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9420 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9421 font to emphasize text, you use an
9422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9430 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9431 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9435 \begin_layout Subsection
9436 Document Font and Font size
9437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9439 name "sub:Document-Font"
9447 \begin_layout Standard
9457 \begin_layout Standard
9466 \begin_layout Standard
9467 You can set the document fonts in the
9469 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9476 \begin_layout Standard
9483 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9484 font shapes roman (serif),
9496 \begin_layout Standard
9497 The possible options for the font include
9501 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9506 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9528 European Computer Modern
9531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9541 \begin_layout Standard
9550 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9551 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9555 \begin_layout Standard
9556 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9561 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9567 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9568 There are three ways to use one:
9571 \begin_layout Itemize
9572 One way is to use the
9582 Virtual means that it
9583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9594 -glyphs from other fonts.
9595 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9616 \begin_layout Standard
9617 Loading the LaTeX-package
9623 \begin_layout Standard
9624 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
9631 with the document preamble line
9634 \begin_layout Standard
9639 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
9642 \begin_layout Standard
9643 will fix the guillemet problem.
9648 and that accented characters are not
9652 glyph, they are build of
9656 characters, the accent and the letter.
9657 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
9661 fonts for words with accented characters.
9662 If you search for example for the French word
9663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9670 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
9672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9679 and not for the glyph
9680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9687 \begin_layout Standard
9697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9701 \begin_inset Note Note
9704 \begin_layout Standard
9712 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
9713 to be accented with the grave.
9715 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
9716 in section\InsetSpace ~
9718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9732 \begin_layout Itemize
9733 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
9737 \begin_layout Standard
9746 , consists of these three main font types
9773 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
9774 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
9781 The differences between roman,
9790 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9794 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9805 was originally designed for newspapers.
9806 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9807 into the small newspaper columns.
9813 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9816 \begin_layout Itemize
9817 The best solution is to use the
9822 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9829 \begin_layout Standard
9830 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9833 For the font size there are four possible values:
9850 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9853 \begin_layout Standard
9854 The font sizes are the
9859 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9860 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9861 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
9867 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9871 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9878 \begin_layout Standard
9879 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9883 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9886 \begin_layout Standard
9891 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9895 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
9896 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9897 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9899 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9902 dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
9904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9906 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
9918 \begin_layout Subsection
9919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9921 name "sub:Character-Styles"
9925 Using Different Character Styles
9929 \begin_layout Standard
9939 \begin_layout Standard
9948 \begin_layout Standard
9949 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
9950 certain paragraph environments.
9951 LyX supports two character styles,
9960 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
9964 \begin_layout Standard
9969 style, do one of the following:
9972 \begin_layout Itemize
9973 click on the toolbar button
9974 \begin_inset Graphics
9975 filename ../images/font-noun.png
9984 \begin_layout Itemize
9991 \begin_layout Standard
9992 These commands are all toggles.
9997 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10000 \begin_layout Standard
10001 One typically uses the
10005 style for proper names.
10007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10014 is the original author of LyX.
10015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10021 \begin_layout Standard
10022 A more widely used character style is the
10027 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10034 \begin_layout Itemize
10035 clicking on the toolbar button
10036 \begin_inset Graphics
10037 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10046 \begin_layout Itemize
10047 using the keybindings
10053 \begin_layout Standard
10058 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10059 es use a different font.
10062 \begin_layout Standard
10063 We've been using the
10067 style all over the place in this document.
10068 Here's one more example:
10071 \begin_layout Quotation
10074 Don't overuse character styles!
10077 \begin_layout Standard
10078 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10079 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10080 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10081 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10085 \begin_layout Standard
10086 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10093 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10100 \begin_layout Subsection
10101 Fine-Tuning with the
10106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10108 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10116 \begin_layout Standard
10125 \begin_layout Standard
10126 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10127 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10128 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10129 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10130 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10131 from ordinary dialog.
10134 \begin_layout Standard
10135 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10136 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10138 Documents that overuse
10139 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
10140 has knocked huge holes in it.
10143 \begin_layout Standard
10144 To use custom character styles, open the
10146 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10151 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10152 font property which you can choose.
10153 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10158 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10163 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10164 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10165 environments in a snap.
10168 \begin_layout Standard
10169 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10181 \begin_layout Labeling
10182 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10196 The possible options are:
10200 \begin_layout Labeling
10201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10206 This is the Roman font family.
10207 Normally a serif font.
10208 It's also the default family.
10213 \begin_layout Standard
10231 \begin_layout Standard
10239 \begin_inset Note Note
10242 \begin_layout Standard
10243 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10244 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
10246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10248 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10260 \begin_layout Labeling
10261 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10269 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10276 \begin_layout Standard
10294 \begin_layout Standard
10304 \begin_layout Labeling
10305 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10312 This is the Typewriter font family.
10319 \begin_layout Standard
10337 \begin_layout Standard
10350 \begin_layout Labeling
10351 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10356 This corresponds to the print weight.
10361 \begin_layout Labeling
10362 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10367 This is the Medium font series.
10368 It's also the default series.
10371 \begin_layout Labeling
10372 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10379 This is the Bold font series.
10386 \begin_layout Standard
10404 \begin_layout Standard
10415 \begin_layout Labeling
10416 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10421 As the name implies.
10426 \begin_layout Labeling
10427 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10432 This is the Upright font shape.
10433 It's also the default shape.
10436 \begin_layout Labeling
10437 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10451 s the Italic font shape
10457 \begin_layout Labeling
10458 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10465 This is the Slanted font shape
10467 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10470 \begin_layout Labeling
10471 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10479 This is the Small caps font shape
10486 \begin_layout Labeling
10487 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10492 Alters the size of the font.
10493 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10494 nal to the document font size.
10495 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10496 what you want to do.
10501 \begin_layout Labeling
10502 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10524 \begin_layout Standard
10542 \begin_layout Standard
10553 \begin_layout Standard
10571 \begin_layout Standard
10581 \begin_layout Labeling
10582 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10604 \begin_layout Standard
10622 \begin_layout Standard
10632 \begin_layout Labeling
10633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10655 \begin_layout Standard
10673 \begin_layout Standard
10684 \begin_layout Standard
10702 \begin_layout Standard
10712 \begin_layout Labeling
10713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10735 \begin_layout Standard
10753 \begin_layout Standard
10764 \begin_layout Standard
10782 \begin_layout Standard
10792 \begin_layout Labeling
10793 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10807 It's also the default size.
10812 \begin_layout Standard
10830 \begin_layout Standard
10841 \begin_layout Standard
10859 \begin_layout Standard
10869 \begin_layout Labeling
10870 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10892 \begin_layout Standard
10910 \begin_layout Standard
10921 \begin_layout Standard
10939 \begin_layout Standard
10949 \begin_layout Labeling
10950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10972 \begin_layout Standard
10990 \begin_layout Standard
11001 \begin_layout Standard
11019 \begin_layout Standard
11029 \begin_layout Labeling
11030 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11052 \begin_layout Standard
11070 \begin_layout Standard
11080 \begin_layout Labeling
11081 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11103 \begin_layout Standard
11121 \begin_layout Standard
11132 \begin_layout Standard
11150 \begin_layout Standard
11160 \begin_layout Labeling
11161 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11183 \begin_layout Standard
11201 \begin_layout Standard
11212 \begin_layout Standard
11230 \begin_layout Standard
11241 \begin_layout Standard
11246 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11247 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11248 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11249 - use that instead.
11250 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11253 \begin_layout Labeling
11254 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11259 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11264 \begin_layout Labeling
11265 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11272 This is text with emphasize on
11275 This might seem like the same as
11279 , but it is actually a bit different.
11285 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11287 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11290 \begin_layout Labeling
11291 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11298 This is text with Underbar on.
11305 \begin_layout Standard
11323 \begin_layout Standard
11336 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11337 when you couldn't change fonts.
11338 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11339 It's only included in LyX because some people
11343 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11346 \begin_layout Labeling
11347 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11354 This is text with Noun on.
11361 , this is a logical attribute.
11362 Normally it's equivalent to
11371 \begin_layout Labeling
11372 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11377 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11378 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11384 , which is the default
11385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11392 and means normally black, you can choose between
11428 \begin_layout Standard
11437 \begin_layout Labeling
11438 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11443 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11444 the language of the document.
11445 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11449 \begin_layout Standard
11450 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11451 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11453 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11457 dialog, the settings are saved.
11458 You can activate them using the toolbar button
11459 \begin_inset Graphics
11460 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
11467 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
11468 when the dialog isn't visible.
11472 \begin_layout Standard
11473 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11479 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11480 (suppose you just set the shape to
11481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11498 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
11508 \begin_layout Standard
11509 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11526 \begin_layout Itemize
11532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11539 font, that means every character has the same width, the
11540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11562 \begin_layout Standard
11575 \begin_layout Standard
11587 \begin_inset Note Note
11590 \begin_layout Standard
11591 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
11593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11595 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
11609 \begin_layout Itemize
11614 fonts use characters with serifs.
11615 These are the small
11616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11623 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
11624 The following example will show the difference:
11630 text without serifs
11634 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
11635 They are therefore used as default font (named
11642 \begin_layout Itemize
11648 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
11649 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
11652 \begin_layout Standard
11653 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
11654 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
11657 \begin_layout Section
11658 Printing and Previewing
11661 \begin_layout Subsection
11665 \begin_layout Standard
11666 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11667 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11668 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
11669 goes on behind-the-scenes.
11670 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
11672 Extended\InsetSpace ~
11678 \begin_layout Standard
11679 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
11680 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
11681 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
11682 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11683 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11684 This happens in two stages:
11687 \begin_layout Enumerate
11688 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11689 generating a file with the extension,
11690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11704 \begin_layout Enumerate
11705 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11709 file to produce printable output.
11713 \begin_layout Subsection
11714 Output file formats
11718 \begin_layout Standard
11725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11727 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
11734 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11739 \begin_layout Standard
11740 File formats ! ASCII
11748 \begin_layout Standard
11749 This file type has the extension
11750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11762 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
11763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11766 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
11767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11773 \begin_layout Standard
11774 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
11776 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11777 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11783 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11788 \begin_layout Standard
11789 File formats ! LaTeX
11797 \begin_layout Standard
11798 This file type has the extension
11799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11810 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
11812 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
11813 it manually with console commands.
11814 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
11815 you view or export your document.
11818 \begin_layout Standard
11819 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
11821 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11822 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11827 \begin_layout Standard
11839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11844 \begin_layout Standard
11853 \begin_layout Standard
11854 This file type has the extension
11855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11875 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11876 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11877 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11879 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11883 \begin_layout Standard
11884 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11887 \begin_layout Standard
11892 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11893 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
11898 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11899 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11900 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11901 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11904 \begin_layout Standard
11905 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11907 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11908 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11914 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11919 \begin_layout Standard
11920 File formats ! PostScript
11928 \begin_layout Standard
11929 This file type has the extension
11930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11942 PostScript was developed by the company
11946 as printer language.
11947 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
11949 PostScript can be seen as
11950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11953 programming language
11954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11957 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
11961 \begin_layout Standard
11962 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
11971 \begin_layout Standard
11972 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
11982 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
11985 \begin_layout Standard
11986 PostScript can only contain images in the format
11987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11990 Encapsulated PostScript
11991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11994 (EPS, file extension
11995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12007 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12008 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12009 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12010 whenever you view or export your document.
12011 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12012 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12013 EPS to avoid this problem.
12016 \begin_layout Standard
12017 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12019 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12020 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12026 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12031 \begin_layout Standard
12041 \begin_layout Standard
12050 \begin_layout Standard
12051 This file type has the extension
12052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12068 Portable Document Format
12069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12072 (PDF) is developed by
12076 as derivative from PostScript.
12077 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12086 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12087 looks exactly the same.
12090 \begin_layout Standard
12091 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12095 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12099 (JPG, file extension
12100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12127 Portable Network Graphics
12128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12131 (PNG, file extension
12132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12144 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12145 in the background to one of these formats.
12146 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12147 will slow down your workflow.
12148 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12151 \begin_layout Standard
12152 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12154 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12157 in three different ways:
12160 \begin_layout Description
12161 PDF This uses the program
12165 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12166 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12170 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12171 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12174 \begin_layout Description
12176 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12180 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12184 \begin_layout Description
12186 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12190 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12193 \begin_layout Standard
12194 We recommend to use
12203 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12209 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12212 \begin_layout Subsection
12217 \begin_layout Standard
12226 \begin_layout Standard
12227 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12228 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12232 and choose a file type.
12233 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12236 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12239 you can use the toolbar button
12240 \begin_inset Graphics
12241 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12253 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12257 you can use the toolbar button
12258 \begin_inset Graphics
12259 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12268 \begin_layout Standard
12269 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12270 viewer window using the menu
12272 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12278 \begin_layout Standard
12279 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12281 To have a real output, export your document.
12284 \begin_layout Subsection
12285 Printing the File from within LyX
12286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12288 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12295 \begin_layout Standard
12296 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12297 it directly from within LyX.
12298 To print a file, select the menu
12300 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12303 or click on the toolbar button
12304 \begin_inset Graphics
12305 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12312 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12313 This file is then processed by the program
12317 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12322 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12325 \begin_layout Standard
12326 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12327 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12328 printing one set to print on the other side.
12329 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12330 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12331 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12334 \begin_layout Standard
12335 You can set the parameters in the
12343 \begin_layout Labeling
12344 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12349 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12353 \begin_layout Standard
12354 Note that this printer name is for the program
12363 has to be configured for this printer name.
12364 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
12366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12368 reference "sub:Printer"
12377 The printer should understand PostScript.
12380 \begin_layout Labeling
12381 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12386 The name of a file to print to.
12387 The output will be a PostScript file.
12388 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12392 \begin_layout Section
12393 A few Words about Typography
12397 \begin_layout Standard
12406 \begin_layout Subsection
12411 \begin_layout Standard
12418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12427 \begin_layout Standard
12429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12440 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12455 \begin_layout Enumerate
12461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12475 \begin_layout Enumerate
12481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12490 \begin_layout Standard
12502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12508 \begin_layout Enumerate
12514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12523 \begin_layout Standard
12536 \begin_layout Standard
12548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12554 \begin_layout Enumerate
12558 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12578 \begin_layout Standard
12579 You generate them by inserting the
12580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12591 character multiple times in a row.
12592 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
12593 final output, but not in LyX.
12596 \begin_layout Standard
12597 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
12598 math mode and has a length of its own.
12599 Here are some examples of the
12600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12614 \begin_layout Enumerate
12615 line- and page-breaks
12624 \begin_layout Enumerate
12634 \begin_layout Enumerate
12635 Oh --- there's a dash.
12644 \begin_layout Enumerate
12645 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12657 \begin_layout Subsection
12662 \begin_layout Standard
12669 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12671 name "sub:Hyphenation"
12678 \begin_layout Standard
12679 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
12680 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
12686 \begin_layout Standard
12687 LaTeX-packages ! babel
12694 following the rules of the document language
12698 \begin_layout Standard
12699 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
12706 German\InsetSpace ~
12712 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12723 \begin_layout Standard
12724 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
12729 and with unusual constructs, like
12730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12738 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
12739 This is done with the menu
12741 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12742 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12743 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12747 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12748 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
12751 \begin_layout Standard
12752 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
12753 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
12754 a hyphen and a space in the form
12755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12763 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
12764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12771 as hyphenation possibility.
12772 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
12773 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
12774 of the LaTeX-box-command
12780 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
12781 As LyX doesn't support
12787 , we have to use ERT.
12788 The result looks in LyX like:
12791 \begin_layout Standard
12792 \begin_inset Graphics
12793 filename clipart/mbox.png
12802 \begin_layout Standard
12803 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
12805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12807 reference "sec:ERT"
12814 \begin_layout Subsection
12819 \begin_layout Standard
12828 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12829 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12830 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12832 name "sub:Abbreviations"
12839 \begin_layout Standard
12840 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12841 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12842 LaTeX then adds the
12843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12846 appropriate amount of space
12847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12851 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
12853 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12856 \begin_layout Standard
12857 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
12860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12871 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12872 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12875 \begin_layout Standard
12876 Here are some examples of
12880 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12883 \begin_layout Itemize
12888 \begin_layout Itemize
12893 \begin_layout Standard
12894 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12897 \begin_layout Itemize
12900 this is too much space!
12903 \begin_layout Itemize
12908 \begin_layout Standard
12909 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12912 \begin_layout Standard
12913 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12916 \begin_layout Enumerate
12919 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12922 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12926 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
12934 \begin_layout Standard
12935 Spaces ! inter-word
12943 \begin_layout Enumerate
12949 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12953 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
12961 \begin_layout Standard
12970 \begin_layout Enumerate
12975 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12981 Special\InsetSpace ~
12984 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12985 This function is also bound to
12992 \begin_layout Standard
12993 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12996 \begin_layout Itemize
12997 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12998 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12999 this is too much space!
13002 \begin_layout Itemize
13003 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13007 \begin_layout Standard
13008 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13009 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13010 LaTeX will care about this.
13013 \begin_layout Standard
13014 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13017 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13021 feature described in section
13032 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13037 \begin_layout Standard
13038 Typography ! Quotes
13047 \begin_layout Standard
13048 Quotes | see{Typography}
13054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13063 \begin_layout Standard
13064 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13065 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13066 and use a closing quote at the end.
13068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13076 The keyboard character,
13080 , generates this automatically.
13083 \begin_layout Standard
13084 You can change the behavior of the
13088 key using the submenu
13094 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13101 \begin_layout Standard
13102 Document ! Settings
13110 \begin_layout Standard
13111 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13116 There are six choices:
13119 \begin_layout Labeling
13120 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13132 Use quotes like this
13133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13141 \begin_inset Quotes els
13145 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13151 \begin_layout Labeling
13152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13155 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13159 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13165 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13169 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13173 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13179 \begin_layout Labeling
13180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13183 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13187 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13193 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13197 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13201 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13205 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13211 \begin_layout Labeling
13212 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13215 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13219 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13225 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13229 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13233 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13237 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13243 \begin_layout Labeling
13244 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13247 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13251 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13257 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13261 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13265 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13269 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13275 \begin_layout Labeling
13276 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13279 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13283 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13289 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13293 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13297 \begin_inset Quotes als
13301 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13307 \begin_layout Standard
13308 These settings affects what character the
13315 \begin_layout Subsection
13320 \begin_layout Standard
13321 Typography ! Ligatures
13330 \begin_layout Standard
13331 Ligatures | see{Typography}
13337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13339 name "sub:Ligatures"
13346 \begin_layout Standard
13347 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
13348 print them as single characters.
13349 These groups are known as
13354 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
13356 Here are the standard ligatures:
13359 \begin_layout Itemize
13363 \begin_layout Itemize
13367 \begin_layout Itemize
13371 \begin_layout Itemize
13375 \begin_layout Itemize
13379 \begin_layout Standard
13380 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
13383 \begin_layout Standard
13384 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
13385 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
13386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13393 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
13394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13409 To break a ligature, use
13411 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13412 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13413 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
13418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13429 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13446 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13454 \begin_layout Subsection
13459 \begin_layout Standard
13466 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13468 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
13475 \begin_layout Standard
13476 You have surely noticed, that the word
13477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13484 appears always with characters in different size and height.
13485 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
13486 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
13487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13494 \begin_layout Standard
13502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13506 \begin_inset Note Note
13509 \begin_layout Standard
13510 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
13511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13518 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
13519 To create proper names omit the ERT.
13524 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
13528 \begin_layout Description
13529 LyX The name of the game, write
13530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13537 \begin_layout Standard
13545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13551 \begin_layout Description
13552 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
13553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13560 \begin_layout Standard
13568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13574 \begin_layout Description
13575 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
13576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13583 \begin_layout Standard
13591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13597 \begin_layout Description
13598 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
13599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13606 \begin_layout Standard
13614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13620 \begin_layout Standard
13621 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
13622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13626 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
13630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13634 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
13635 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
13636 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
13639 : The actual version is
13640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13647 , the previous one was
13648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13658 \begin_layout Standard
13659 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
13660 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
13661 This will look in LyX like:
13662 \begin_inset Graphics
13663 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
13671 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
13673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13675 reference "sec:ERT"
13682 \begin_layout Subsection
13687 \begin_layout Standard
13696 \begin_layout Standard
13697 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
13698 space between two words.
13699 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
13702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13709 for units use the menu
13711 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13712 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13723 \begin_layout Standard
13724 Here's an example to show the differences:
13727 \begin_layout Standard
13728 \begin_inset Tabular
13729 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
13731 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13732 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13737 \begin_layout Standard
13740 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13751 \begin_layout Standard
13752 space between number and unit
13759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13762 \begin_layout Standard
13763 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13765 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13776 \begin_layout Standard
13777 half space between number and unit
13790 \begin_layout Subsection
13795 \begin_layout Standard
13796 Typography ! Widows and orphans
13802 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13811 \begin_layout Standard
13812 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13814 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13815 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13816 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13817 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13818 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13819 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13830 \begin_layout Standard
13831 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13832 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13833 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13834 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13835 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13836 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13837 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13840 \begin_layout Standard
13841 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13842 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13843 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13845 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
13847 key "latexcompanion"
13853 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
13859 ] may have more information.
13860 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13863 \begin_layout Chapter
13864 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
13865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13867 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
13874 \begin_layout Standard
13875 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
13880 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
13883 \begin_layout Section
13888 \begin_layout Standard
13895 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13904 \begin_layout Standard
13905 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
13908 \begin_layout Description
13910 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
13913 \begin_inset Note Note
13916 \begin_layout Standard
13917 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
13925 \begin_layout Description
13926 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
13927 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
13929 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13930 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13931 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
13936 \begin_inset Note Comment
13939 \begin_layout Standard
13940 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
13948 \begin_layout Description
13949 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
13950 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
13955 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13958 \begin_layout Standard
13963 \begin_layout Standard
13964 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
13965 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
13966 How this can be done is explained in the
13975 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
13984 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
13985 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
13988 \begin_layout Description
13989 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
13991 \begin_inset Note Framed
13994 \begin_layout Standard
13995 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14000 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
14002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14004 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14008 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14012 \begin_layout Description
14013 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14014 \begin_inset Note Shaded
14017 \begin_layout Standard
14018 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14023 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14024 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14027 \begin_layout Standard
14028 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14029 \begin_inset Graphics
14030 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14034 scaleBeforeRotation
14040 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14044 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14047 \begin_layout Section
14052 \begin_layout Standard
14059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14061 name "sec:Footnotes"
14068 \begin_layout Standard
14069 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14072 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14075 or the toolbar button
14076 \begin_inset Graphics
14077 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14092 \begin_inset Graphics
14093 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14105 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14134 label, the box will
14138 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14139 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14152 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14168 \begin_layout Standard
14169 Here's an example footnote:
14177 \begin_layout Standard
14178 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14186 \begin_layout Standard
14187 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14188 position where the footnote box is placed.
14189 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14190 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14191 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14192 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14193 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14198 ey are described in the
14205 \begin_layout Section
14210 \begin_layout Standard
14217 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14219 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14226 \begin_layout Standard
14227 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14228 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14230 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14231 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
14234 or the toolbar button
14235 \begin_inset Graphics
14236 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
14258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14265 appearing within your text.
14266 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
14275 \begin_layout Standard
14276 At the side is an example marginal note.
14280 \begin_inset Marginal
14283 \begin_layout Standard
14284 This is a marginal note.
14292 \begin_layout Standard
14293 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
14294 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
14295 pages, right on odd pages.
14298 \begin_layout Section
14299 Graphics and Images
14303 \begin_layout Standard
14313 \begin_layout Standard
14320 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14322 name "sec:Graphics"
14329 \begin_layout Standard
14330 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
14331 you want and click on the toolbar icon
14332 \begin_inset Graphics
14333 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
14341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14345 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
14348 \begin_layout Standard
14349 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
14354 tab allows you to choose your image file.
14355 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
14356 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
14358 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
14360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14362 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
14369 \begin_layout Standard
14374 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
14375 of the image in the output.
14376 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
14388 bounding\InsetSpace ~
14391 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
14392 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
14400 \begin_layout Standard
14401 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
14406 You can also set the
14410 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
14411 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
14413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14415 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
14425 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
14426 image size is printed.
14429 \begin_layout Standard
14430 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
14431 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
14433 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
14434 centered paragraph:
14437 \begin_layout Standard
14439 \begin_inset Graphics
14440 filename clipart/mobius.eps
14445 rotateOrigin center
14452 \begin_layout Standard
14453 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
14454 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
14456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14458 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
14465 \begin_layout Subsection
14470 \begin_layout Standard
14477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14479 name "sub:Image-Formats"
14486 \begin_layout Standard
14487 You can insert images in any known file format.
14488 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
14490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14492 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
14496 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
14497 LyX uses therefore the program
14501 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
14502 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
14503 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
14505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14507 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
14514 \begin_layout Standard
14515 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
14518 \begin_layout Description
14519 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
14520 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
14521 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
14522 Well-known bitmap image formats are
14523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14526 Graphics Interchange Format
14527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14530 (GIF, file extension
14531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14546 \begin_layout Standard
14547 GIF|see{Image formats}
14553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14556 Portable Network Graphics
14557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14560 (PNG, file extension
14561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14576 \begin_layout Standard
14577 PNG|see{Image formats}
14583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14586 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14590 (JPG, file extension
14591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14618 \begin_layout Standard
14619 JPG|see{Image formats}
14627 \begin_layout Description
14628 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
14629 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
14631 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
14632 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
14633 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
14636 calable image formats can be
14637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14640 Scalable Vector Graphics
14641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14644 (SVG, file extension
14645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14660 \begin_layout Standard
14661 SVG|see{Image formats}
14667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14670 Encapsulated PostScript
14671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14674 (EPS, file extension
14675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14690 \begin_layout Standard
14691 EPS|see{Image formats}
14697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14700 Portable Document Format
14701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14704 (PDF, file extension
14705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14720 \begin_layout Standard
14727 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
14728 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
14729 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
14734 \begin_layout Standard
14735 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
14743 \begin_layout Standard
14744 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
14748 \begin_layout Section
14753 \begin_layout Standard
14760 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14769 \begin_layout Standard
14770 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
14771 \begin_inset Graphics
14772 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
14781 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14785 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14786 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
14787 from the rest of the table.
14788 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
14789 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
14791 Here's an example table:
14794 \begin_layout Standard
14796 \begin_inset Tabular
14797 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14799 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14800 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14801 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14802 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14803 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14807 \begin_layout Standard
14813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14816 \begin_layout Standard
14831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14834 \begin_layout Standard
14840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14843 \begin_layout Standard
14850 <row topline="true">
14851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14854 \begin_layout Standard
14869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14872 \begin_layout Standard
14878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14881 \begin_layout Standard
14887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14890 \begin_layout Standard
14897 <row topline="true">
14898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14901 \begin_layout Standard
14916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14919 \begin_layout Standard
14925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14928 \begin_layout Standard
14938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14941 \begin_layout Standard
14948 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14952 \begin_layout Standard
14967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14970 \begin_layout Standard
14976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14979 \begin_layout Standard
14985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14988 \begin_layout Standard
15002 \begin_layout Subsection
15006 \begin_layout Standard
15007 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15008 brings up the table dialog.
15009 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15010 where the cursor is placed currently.
15011 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15012 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15013 done on all of your selection.
15016 \begin_layout Standard
15017 Additionally to the table dialog the
15022 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15024 It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
15025 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
15026 delete lines via the table
15030 \begin_layout Standard
15036 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15037 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15038 current cell respectively.
15039 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15041 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15042 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
15044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15046 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15053 \begin_layout Standard
15054 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15060 This will merge the cells to
15064 cell, spread over more than one column.
15065 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15066 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15067 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15068 in the last row without the upper border:
15071 \begin_layout Standard
15073 \begin_inset Tabular
15074 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15075 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15076 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15077 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
15078 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
15079 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15080 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15084 \begin_layout Standard
15090 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15093 \begin_layout Standard
15099 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15102 \begin_layout Standard
15108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15111 \begin_layout Standard
15118 <row topline="true">
15119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15122 \begin_layout Standard
15137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15140 \begin_layout Standard
15146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15149 \begin_layout Standard
15155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15158 \begin_layout Standard
15165 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15169 \begin_layout Standard
15175 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15178 \begin_layout Standard
15184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15187 \begin_layout Standard
15193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15196 \begin_layout Standard
15210 \begin_layout Standard
15211 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
15212 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
15213 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
15214 explained in the tables section of the
15216 Extended\InsetSpace ~
15220 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
15221 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
15224 degrees counterclockwise.
15225 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
15228 \begin_layout Standard
15229 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15232 \begin_layout Standard
15237 Most DVI-viewers are
15241 able to display rotations.
15249 \begin_layout Standard
15254 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
15259 adds lines for all cell borders.
15262 \begin_layout Subsection
15267 \begin_layout Standard
15268 Tables ! Longtables
15277 \begin_layout Standard
15286 \begin_layout Standard
15287 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
15297 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
15298 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
15301 \begin_layout Description
15306 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
15307 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
15308 except for the first page, if
15316 \begin_layout Description
15322 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
15323 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
15326 \begin_layout Description
15331 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
15332 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
15333 except for the last page, if
15341 \begin_layout Description
15347 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
15348 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
15351 \begin_layout Standard
15352 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
15353 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
15354 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
15355 The others will then be defined as
15360 In this context, first means first in this order:
15362 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
15375 See the following longtable to see how it works:
15378 \begin_layout Standard
15380 \begin_inset Tabular
15381 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
15382 <features islongtable="true">
15383 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
15384 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15385 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15386 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
15387 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15390 \begin_layout Standard
15393 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
15398 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15401 \begin_layout Standard
15407 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15410 \begin_layout Standard
15417 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
15418 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15421 \begin_layout Standard
15429 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15432 \begin_layout Standard
15438 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15441 \begin_layout Standard
15450 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
15451 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15454 \begin_layout Standard
15462 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15465 \begin_layout Standard
15471 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15474 \begin_layout Standard
15481 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
15482 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15485 \begin_layout Standard
15493 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15496 \begin_layout Standard
15502 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15505 \begin_layout Standard
15514 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
15515 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15518 \begin_layout Standard
15526 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15529 \begin_layout Standard
15535 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15538 \begin_layout Standard
15545 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15549 \begin_layout Standard
15557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15560 \begin_layout Standard
15566 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15569 \begin_layout Standard
15576 <row bottomline="true">
15577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15580 \begin_layout Standard
15588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15591 \begin_layout Standard
15597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15600 \begin_layout Standard
15607 <row bottomline="true">
15608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15611 \begin_layout Standard
15619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15622 \begin_layout Standard
15628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15631 \begin_layout Standard
15638 <row bottomline="true">
15639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15642 \begin_layout Standard
15650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15653 \begin_layout Standard
15659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15662 \begin_layout Standard
15669 <row bottomline="true">
15670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15673 \begin_layout Standard
15681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15684 \begin_layout Standard
15690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15693 \begin_layout Standard
15700 <row bottomline="true">
15701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15704 \begin_layout Standard
15712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15715 \begin_layout Standard
15721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15724 \begin_layout Standard
15731 <row bottomline="true">
15732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15735 \begin_layout Standard
15743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15746 \begin_layout Standard
15752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15755 \begin_layout Standard
15762 <row bottomline="true">
15763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15766 \begin_layout Standard
15774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15777 \begin_layout Standard
15783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15786 \begin_layout Standard
15793 <row bottomline="true">
15794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15797 \begin_layout Standard
15805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15808 \begin_layout Standard
15814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15817 \begin_layout Standard
15824 <row bottomline="true">
15825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15828 \begin_layout Standard
15836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15839 \begin_layout Standard
15845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15848 \begin_layout Standard
15855 <row bottomline="true">
15856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15859 \begin_layout Standard
15867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15870 \begin_layout Standard
15876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15879 \begin_layout Standard
15886 <row bottomline="true">
15887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15890 \begin_layout Standard
15898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15901 \begin_layout Standard
15907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15910 \begin_layout Standard
15917 <row bottomline="true">
15918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15921 \begin_layout Standard
15929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15932 \begin_layout Standard
15938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15941 \begin_layout Standard
15948 <row bottomline="true">
15949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15952 \begin_layout Standard
15960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15963 \begin_layout Standard
15969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15972 \begin_layout Standard
15979 <row bottomline="true">
15980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15983 \begin_layout Standard
15991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15994 \begin_layout Standard
16000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16003 \begin_layout Standard
16010 <row bottomline="true">
16011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16014 \begin_layout Standard
16022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16025 \begin_layout Standard
16031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16034 \begin_layout Standard
16041 <row bottomline="true">
16042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16045 \begin_layout Standard
16053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16056 \begin_layout Standard
16062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16065 \begin_layout Standard
16072 <row bottomline="true">
16073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16076 \begin_layout Standard
16084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16087 \begin_layout Standard
16093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16096 \begin_layout Standard
16103 <row bottomline="true">
16104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16107 \begin_layout Standard
16115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16118 \begin_layout Standard
16124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16127 \begin_layout Standard
16134 <row bottomline="true">
16135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16138 \begin_layout Standard
16146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16149 \begin_layout Standard
16155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16158 \begin_layout Standard
16165 <row bottomline="true">
16166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16169 \begin_layout Standard
16177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16180 \begin_layout Standard
16186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16189 \begin_layout Standard
16196 <row bottomline="true">
16197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16200 \begin_layout Standard
16208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16211 \begin_layout Standard
16217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16220 \begin_layout Standard
16227 <row bottomline="true">
16228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16231 \begin_layout Standard
16239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16242 \begin_layout Standard
16248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16251 \begin_layout Standard
16258 <row bottomline="true">
16259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16262 \begin_layout Standard
16270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16273 \begin_layout Standard
16279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16282 \begin_layout Standard
16289 <row bottomline="true">
16290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16293 \begin_layout Standard
16301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16304 \begin_layout Standard
16310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16313 \begin_layout Standard
16320 <row bottomline="true">
16321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16324 \begin_layout Standard
16332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16335 \begin_layout Standard
16341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16344 \begin_layout Standard
16351 <row bottomline="true">
16352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16355 \begin_layout Standard
16363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16366 \begin_layout Standard
16372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16375 \begin_layout Standard
16382 <row bottomline="true">
16383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16386 \begin_layout Standard
16394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16397 \begin_layout Standard
16403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16406 \begin_layout Standard
16413 <row bottomline="true">
16414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16417 \begin_layout Standard
16425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16428 \begin_layout Standard
16434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16437 \begin_layout Standard
16444 <row bottomline="true">
16445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16448 \begin_layout Standard
16456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16459 \begin_layout Standard
16465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16468 \begin_layout Standard
16475 <row bottomline="true">
16476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16479 \begin_layout Standard
16487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16490 \begin_layout Standard
16496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16499 \begin_layout Standard
16506 <row bottomline="true">
16507 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16510 \begin_layout Standard
16516 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16519 \begin_layout Standard
16525 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16528 \begin_layout Standard
16535 <row bottomline="true">
16536 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16539 \begin_layout Standard
16547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16550 \begin_layout Standard
16556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16559 \begin_layout Standard
16566 <row bottomline="true">
16567 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16570 \begin_layout Standard
16578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16581 \begin_layout Standard
16587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16590 \begin_layout Standard
16597 <row bottomline="true">
16598 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16601 \begin_layout Standard
16609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16612 \begin_layout Standard
16618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16621 \begin_layout Standard
16628 <row bottomline="true">
16629 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16632 \begin_layout Standard
16640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16643 \begin_layout Standard
16649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16652 \begin_layout Standard
16659 <row bottomline="true">
16660 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16663 \begin_layout Standard
16671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16674 \begin_layout Standard
16680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16683 \begin_layout Standard
16690 <row bottomline="true">
16691 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16694 \begin_layout Standard
16702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16705 \begin_layout Standard
16711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16714 \begin_layout Standard
16721 <row bottomline="true">
16722 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16725 \begin_layout Standard
16733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16736 \begin_layout Standard
16742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16745 \begin_layout Standard
16752 <row bottomline="true">
16753 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16756 \begin_layout Standard
16764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16767 \begin_layout Standard
16773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16776 \begin_layout Standard
16783 <row bottomline="true">
16784 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16787 \begin_layout Standard
16795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16798 \begin_layout Standard
16804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16807 \begin_layout Standard
16814 <row bottomline="true">
16815 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16818 \begin_layout Standard
16826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16829 \begin_layout Standard
16835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16838 \begin_layout Standard
16845 <row bottomline="true">
16846 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16849 \begin_layout Standard
16857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16860 \begin_layout Standard
16866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16869 \begin_layout Standard
16876 <row bottomline="true">
16877 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16880 \begin_layout Standard
16888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16891 \begin_layout Standard
16897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16900 \begin_layout Standard
16907 <row bottomline="true">
16908 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16911 \begin_layout Standard
16919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16922 \begin_layout Standard
16928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16931 \begin_layout Standard
16938 <row bottomline="true">
16939 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16942 \begin_layout Standard
16950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16953 \begin_layout Standard
16959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16962 \begin_layout Standard
16969 <row bottomline="true">
16970 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16973 \begin_layout Standard
16981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16984 \begin_layout Standard
16990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16993 \begin_layout Standard
17000 <row bottomline="true">
17001 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17004 \begin_layout Standard
17012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17015 \begin_layout Standard
17021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17024 \begin_layout Standard
17031 <row bottomline="true">
17032 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17035 \begin_layout Standard
17043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17046 \begin_layout Standard
17052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17055 \begin_layout Standard
17062 <row bottomline="true">
17063 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17066 \begin_layout Standard
17074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17077 \begin_layout Standard
17083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17086 \begin_layout Standard
17093 <row bottomline="true">
17094 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17097 \begin_layout Standard
17105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17108 \begin_layout Standard
17114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17117 \begin_layout Standard
17124 <row bottomline="true">
17125 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17128 \begin_layout Standard
17136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17139 \begin_layout Standard
17145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17148 \begin_layout Standard
17155 <row bottomline="true">
17156 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17159 \begin_layout Standard
17167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17170 \begin_layout Standard
17176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17179 \begin_layout Standard
17186 <row bottomline="true">
17187 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17190 \begin_layout Standard
17198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17201 \begin_layout Standard
17207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17210 \begin_layout Standard
17217 <row bottomline="true">
17218 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17221 \begin_layout Standard
17229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17232 \begin_layout Standard
17238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17241 \begin_layout Standard
17248 <row bottomline="true">
17249 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17252 \begin_layout Standard
17260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17263 \begin_layout Standard
17269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17272 \begin_layout Standard
17279 <row bottomline="true">
17280 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17283 \begin_layout Standard
17291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17294 \begin_layout Standard
17300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17303 \begin_layout Standard
17310 <row bottomline="true">
17311 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17314 \begin_layout Standard
17322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17325 \begin_layout Standard
17331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17334 \begin_layout Standard
17341 <row bottomline="true">
17342 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17345 \begin_layout Standard
17353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17356 \begin_layout Standard
17362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17365 \begin_layout Standard
17372 <row bottomline="true">
17373 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17376 \begin_layout Standard
17384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17387 \begin_layout Standard
17393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17396 \begin_layout Standard
17403 <row bottomline="true">
17404 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17407 \begin_layout Standard
17415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17418 \begin_layout Standard
17424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17427 \begin_layout Standard
17434 <row bottomline="true">
17435 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17438 \begin_layout Standard
17446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17449 \begin_layout Standard
17455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17458 \begin_layout Standard
17465 <row bottomline="true">
17466 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17469 \begin_layout Standard
17477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17480 \begin_layout Standard
17486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17489 \begin_layout Standard
17496 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
17497 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17500 \begin_layout Standard
17508 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17511 \begin_layout Standard
17517 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17520 \begin_layout Standard
17534 \begin_layout Subsection
17539 \begin_layout Standard
17546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17548 name "sub:Table-Cells"
17555 \begin_layout Standard
17556 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
17557 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
17558 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
17559 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
17563 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
17564 for the cell's paragraph.
17567 \begin_layout Standard
17568 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
17569 for the column in the table dialog.
17570 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
17571 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
17575 \begin_layout Standard
17577 \begin_inset Tabular
17578 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17580 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17581 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
17582 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17583 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Standard
17602 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17605 \begin_layout Standard
17620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17623 \begin_layout Standard
17640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17643 \begin_layout Standard
17658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17661 \begin_layout Standard
17671 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17679 \begin_layout Standard
17695 <row bottomline="true">
17696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17699 \begin_layout Standard
17714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17717 \begin_layout Standard
17727 This is longer now.
17732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17735 \begin_layout Standard
17751 <row bottomline="true">
17752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17755 \begin_layout Standard
17770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Standard
17783 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17784 This is longer now.
17789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17792 \begin_layout Standard
17815 \begin_layout Standard
17816 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
17817 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17818 Selection with the mouse or with
17822 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17823 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
17824 the selection from outside the table.
17827 \begin_layout Section
17832 \begin_layout Standard
17839 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17848 \begin_layout Standard
17849 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
17850 have a fixed location.
17852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17859 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
17866 Margin\InsetSpace ~
17869 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
17870 too much notes at the page.
17873 \begin_layout Standard
17874 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
17875 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
17876 and pages without text.
17877 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
17878 , every float can be referenced in the text.
17879 Floats are therefore numbered.
17880 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
17882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17884 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17891 \begin_layout Standard
17892 To insert a float, use the menu
17894 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17898 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17904 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17909 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
17910 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
17912 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
17916 \begin_layout Standard
17922 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
17923 paragraph within the float.
17924 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
17925 by left-clicking on the box label.
17926 A closed float box looks like this:
17927 \begin_inset Graphics
17928 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
17935 -- a gray button with a red label.
17938 \begin_layout Standard
17939 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
17940 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
17943 \begin_layout Subsection
17947 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17952 \begin_layout Standard
17953 Floats ! Figure floats
17959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17961 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
17968 \begin_layout Standard
17971 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17972 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17975 inserts a float with the label
17976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17981 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17989 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
17990 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
17991 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
17993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17995 reference "cap:Platypus"
18000 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18001 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18002 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
18004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18006 reference "cap:Escher"
18013 \begin_layout Standard
18014 \begin_inset Float figure
18019 \begin_layout Standard
18021 \begin_inset Graphics
18022 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18027 rotateOrigin center
18034 \begin_layout Standard
18035 \begin_inset Caption
18037 \begin_layout Standard
18038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18040 name "cap:Platypus"
18044 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
18057 \begin_layout Standard
18058 \begin_inset Float figure
18063 \begin_layout Standard
18064 \begin_inset Caption
18066 \begin_layout Standard
18067 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18082 \begin_layout Standard
18084 \begin_inset Graphics
18085 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
18090 rotateOrigin center
18102 \begin_layout Standard
18103 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
18105 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
18107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18109 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18113 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
18115 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18118 and refer to it using the menu
18120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18124 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
18126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18133 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
18135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18145 \begin_layout Standard
18146 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
18147 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
18148 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
18154 in the appearing dialog, use the option
18158 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
18159 Figure\InsetSpace ~
18161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18163 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
18167 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
18168 You can also set the images one below the other.
18171 \begin_layout Standard
18172 \begin_inset Float figure
18177 \begin_layout Standard
18181 \begin_inset Graphics
18182 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
18187 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
18194 \begin_inset Graphics
18195 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18201 subcaptionText "Platypus"
18210 \begin_layout Standard
18211 \begin_inset Caption
18213 \begin_layout Standard
18214 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18216 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
18220 Two distorted images.
18233 \begin_layout Standard
18234 Note that the caption is added to the
18240 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18244 reference "sec:ListsOf"
18251 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18256 \begin_layout Standard
18257 Floats ! Table floats
18263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18265 name "sec:Table-Floats"
18272 \begin_layout Standard
18273 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
18275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18276 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18280 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
18284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18286 reference "cap:Table-float"
18290 is an example of a table float.
18293 \begin_layout Standard
18294 \begin_inset Float table
18299 \begin_layout Standard
18300 \begin_inset Caption
18302 \begin_layout Standard
18303 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18305 name "cap:Table-float"
18317 \begin_layout Standard
18319 \begin_inset Tabular
18320 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
18322 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18323 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18324 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
18325 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18329 \begin_layout Standard
18344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18347 \begin_layout Standard
18362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18365 \begin_layout Standard
18381 <row topline="true">
18382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Standard
18400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18403 \begin_layout Standard
18418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18421 \begin_layout Standard
18437 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18441 \begin_layout Standard
18451 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
18459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18462 \begin_layout Standard
18472 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18474 c & d\end{array}\right]$
18482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18485 \begin_layout Standard
18495 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
18516 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18521 \begin_layout Standard
18522 Floats ! Algorithm floats
18530 \begin_layout Standard
18531 This float type is inserted with the menu
18533 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18534 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18538 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
18539 A possible environment for algorithms is the
18543 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
18545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18547 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
18554 \begin_layout Standard
18555 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18558 \begin_layout Standard
18563 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
18569 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
18572 \begin_layout Standard
18577 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
18581 \begin_layout Standard
18582 to the document preamble (menu
18584 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18608 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18613 \begin_layout Standard
18614 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
18620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18622 name "sec:floatflt"
18629 \begin_layout Standard
18630 This float type is used if you want to
18631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18638 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
18640 It can be inserted using the menu
18641 \begin_inset Wrap figure
18648 \begin_layout Standard
18649 \begin_inset Graphics
18650 filename clipart/mobius.eps
18655 rotateOrigin center
18662 \begin_layout Standard
18663 \begin_inset Caption
18665 \begin_layout Standard
18666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18668 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
18672 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
18674 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18689 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18690 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18695 if the LaTeX-package
18703 \begin_layout Standard
18704 LaTeX-packages ! floatflt
18713 \begin_layout Standard
18714 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
18724 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
18726 Figure\InsetSpace ~
18728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18730 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
18734 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
18735 wrap float with a width of 40
18736 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
18743 \begin_layout Standard
18744 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
18746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18748 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
18757 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
18761 \begin_layout Standard
18766 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
18767 If you need this, read the documentation of
18772 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
18781 \begin_layout Standard
18782 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18785 \begin_layout Standard
18791 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
18792 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
18793 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
18794 over some other text.
18798 \begin_layout Standard
18799 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
18807 \begin_layout Standard
18808 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
18817 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
18830 \begin_layout Itemize
18831 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
18832 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
18833 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
18834 breaks will appear.
18837 \begin_layout Itemize
18838 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
18839 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
18842 \begin_layout Itemize
18843 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
18844 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
18847 \begin_layout Itemize
18848 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
18851 \begin_layout Subsection
18853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18855 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18863 \begin_layout Standard
18872 \begin_layout Standard
18873 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
18874 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
18877 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18883 \begin_layout Standard
18884 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
18885 a two-column document).
18886 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
18887 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
18894 \begin_layout Standard
18895 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
18896 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
18898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18900 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
18904 is an example of a rotated table float.
18907 \begin_layout Standard
18908 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18911 \begin_layout Standard
18916 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
18924 \begin_layout Standard
18925 \begin_inset Float table
18930 \begin_layout Standard
18931 \begin_inset Caption
18933 \begin_layout Standard
18934 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18936 name "cap:Rotated-table"
18948 \begin_layout Standard
18950 \begin_inset Tabular
18951 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
18953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18954 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18957 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
18958 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18962 \begin_layout Standard
18968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18971 \begin_layout Standard
18977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18980 \begin_layout Standard
18986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18989 \begin_layout Standard
18995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18998 \begin_layout Standard
19017 \begin_layout Subsection
19019 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19021 name "sub:Float-Placement"
19029 \begin_layout Standard
19038 \begin_layout Standard
19039 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
19040 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
19047 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
19048 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
19053 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
19056 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
19058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19060 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19067 \begin_layout Standard
19068 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
19069 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
19072 default\InsetSpace ~
19078 \begin_layout Description
19081 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
19084 \begin_layout Description
19087 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
19090 \begin_layout Description
19091 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
19093 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
19096 \begin_layout Description
19099 floats: try to place the float on an own page
19102 \begin_layout Standard
19103 The order of the above option is
19108 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
19121 , and then the others.
19122 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
19124 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
19125 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
19128 \begin_layout Standard
19129 By default, each options has its own rules:
19132 \begin_layout Standard
19139 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
19140 % of the page can be placed at the top
19144 \begin_layout Standard
19147 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
19151 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
19152 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
19156 \begin_layout Standard
19163 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
19164 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
19165 can be set together on a page.
19168 \begin_layout Standard
19169 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
19172 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
19179 \begin_layout Standard
19180 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
19181 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
19182 For this case you can use the option
19188 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
19190 Because the float is then no longer able to
19191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19198 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
19201 \begin_layout Standard
19202 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
19203 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
19206 \begin_layout Standard
19207 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
19209 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
19211 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
19218 \begin_layout Section
19223 \begin_layout Standard
19230 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19232 name "sec:Minipages"
19239 \begin_layout Standard
19240 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
19242 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
19247 \begin_layout Standard
19248 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
19250 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19254 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
19255 and its alignment within the page.
19258 \begin_layout Standard
19260 \begin_inset Box Frameless
19269 height_special "totalheight"
19272 \begin_layout Standard
19275 This is a minipage.
19276 The text is set in an italic style.
19279 \begin_layout Standard
19282 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
19283 another formatting.
19291 \begin_layout Standard
19292 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19295 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
19299 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
19301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19303 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
19308 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19314 \begin_layout Standard
19315 \begin_inset Box Frameless
19324 height_special "totalheight"
19327 \begin_layout Standard
19328 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
19329 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
19337 \begin_inset Box Frameless
19346 height_special "totalheight"
19349 \begin_layout Standard
19350 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
19351 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
19359 \begin_layout Standard
19360 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
19366 \begin_layout Standard
19367 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
19368 to other box types.
19369 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
19380 \begin_layout Chapter
19381 Mathematical Formulas
19385 \begin_layout Standard
19395 \begin_layout Standard
19396 Formulas | see{Math}
19402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19404 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
19411 \begin_layout Section
19416 \begin_layout Standard
19425 \begin_layout Standard
19426 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
19427 \begin_inset Graphics
19428 filename ../images/math-mode.png
19435 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
19437 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
19438 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
19439 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
19441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19447 \begin_layout Standard
19448 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
19454 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
19457 \begin_layout Standard
19458 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
19459 line, like this one:
19462 \begin_layout Standard
19463 This is a line with an inline formula
19464 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
19470 \begin_layout Standard
19471 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
19473 \begin_inset Formula \[
19478 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
19481 \begin_layout Standard
19482 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
19485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19498 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
19499 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19503 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
19511 \begin_layout Subsection
19512 Navigating in Formulas
19516 \begin_layout Standard
19525 \begin_layout Standard
19526 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
19527 achieved with the arrow keys.
19528 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
19529 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
19534 will leave a formula construct (a square root
19535 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
19539 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
19543 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19545 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
19553 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
19558 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
19559 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
19562 \begin_layout Standard
19567 , printed in this document as
19568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19575 \begin_layout Standard
19585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19589 \begin_inset Note Note
19592 \begin_layout Standard
19593 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
19594 space character (visible space).
19599 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
19600 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
19601 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
19606 For example, if you want
19607 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
19618 \begin_layout Standard
19637 \begin_layout Standard
19650 \begin_layout Standard
19661 , since in the latter case only the
19664 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
19669 will be under the square root sign:
19670 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
19676 \begin_layout Standard
19677 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
19679 \begin_inset Formula \[
19680 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
19683 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
19687 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
19688 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
19691 \begin_layout Subsection
19695 \begin_layout Standard
19696 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
19697 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
19701 and a cursor movement key to select text.
19702 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
19703 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
19704 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
19705 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
19708 \begin_layout Subsection
19709 Exponents and Subscripts
19713 \begin_layout Standard
19723 \begin_layout Standard
19732 \begin_layout Standard
19733 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
19734 way is to use a command.
19736 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
19739 , type in a formula
19745 \begin_layout Standard
19761 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
19767 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
19771 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
19780 \begin_layout Standard
19792 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
19794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19801 , you have to use an extra
19805 to separate the hat and the character.
19808 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
19817 \begin_layout Standard
19829 Subscripts are similar: To get
19830 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
19839 \begin_layout Standard
19853 \begin_layout Subsection
19858 \begin_layout Standard
19867 \begin_layout Standard
19868 Create a fraction with either the command
19875 \begin_inset Graphics
19876 filename ../images/math/frac.png
19889 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
19890 The cursor is above the fraction line.
19891 To move it to the bottom, simply press
19896 To move back up, press
19901 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
19902 \begin_inset Formula \[
19903 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
19905 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
19912 \begin_layout Subsection
19917 \begin_layout Standard
19926 \begin_layout Standard
19927 Roots can be created using the
19933 \begin_inset Graphics
19934 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
19959 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
19965 produces always a square root.
19968 \begin_layout Subsection
19969 Operators with Limits
19973 \begin_layout Standard
19983 \begin_layout Standard
19990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19992 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19999 \begin_layout Standard
20001 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
20005 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
20008 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
20009 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
20010 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
20011 The sum operator will automatically place its
20012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20019 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
20022 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
20026 \begin_inset Formula \[
20027 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
20031 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
20035 \begin_layout Standard
20036 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
20038 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
20039 behind the operator and hitting
20045 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20046 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20047 Change\InsetSpace ~
20048 Limits\InsetSpace ~
20054 \begin_layout Standard
20055 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
20056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20063 feature as addition, such as
20067 \begin_layout Standard
20074 \begin_inset Formula \[
20075 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
20079 which will place the
20080 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
20084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20092 In inline formulas it looks like this:
20093 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
20099 \begin_layout Standard
20100 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
20107 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
20109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20111 reference "sub:Functions"
20115 for an explanation of function macros.
20118 \begin_layout Subsection
20123 \begin_layout Standard
20132 \begin_layout Standard
20133 Most math symbols can be found in the
20138 under one of several categories; including
20155 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
20159 \begin_layout Standard
20160 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
20161 you don't have to use the
20166 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
20167 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
20170 \begin_layout Subsection
20175 \begin_layout Standard
20182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20184 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
20191 \begin_layout Standard
20192 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
20204 \begin_inset Graphics
20205 filename ../images/math/space.png
20212 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
20213 Here a example for the sequence
20218 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
20222 \begin_inset Graphics
20223 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
20230 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
20231 the space marker and hit space again several times.
20232 With every space hit the size will be changed.
20233 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
20238 \begin_layout Standard
20248 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
20254 \begin_layout Standard
20264 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
20270 \begin_layout Subsection
20275 \begin_layout Standard
20282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20284 name "sub:Functions"
20291 \begin_layout Standard
20297 contains under the button
20298 \begin_inset Graphics
20299 filename ../images/math/functions.png
20305 a number of functions, such as
20306 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
20310 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
20318 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
20325 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
20326 avoid confusions, because
20327 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
20331 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
20337 \begin_layout Standard
20338 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
20340 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
20344 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
20350 \begin_layout Standard
20351 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
20352 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
20354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20356 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
20363 \begin_layout Subsection
20368 \begin_layout Standard
20377 \begin_layout Standard
20378 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
20380 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
20381 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
20383 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
20386 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
20387 Our example is entered by typing
20395 \begin_layout Standard
20409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20411 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
20415 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
20418 \begin_layout Standard
20419 \begin_inset Float table
20424 \begin_layout Standard
20425 \begin_inset Caption
20427 \begin_layout Standard
20428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20430 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
20434 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
20442 \begin_layout Standard
20444 \begin_inset Tabular
20445 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
20447 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
20448 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
20449 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20450 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20454 \begin_layout Standard
20460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20463 \begin_layout Standard
20469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20472 \begin_layout Standard
20488 <row topline="true">
20489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20492 \begin_layout Standard
20507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20510 \begin_layout Standard
20520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20523 \begin_layout Standard
20533 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
20542 <row topline="true">
20543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20546 \begin_layout Standard
20561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20564 \begin_layout Standard
20574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20577 \begin_layout Standard
20587 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
20596 <row topline="true">
20597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20600 \begin_layout Standard
20615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20618 \begin_layout Standard
20628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20631 \begin_layout Standard
20641 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
20650 <row topline="true">
20651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20654 \begin_layout Standard
20669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20672 \begin_layout Standard
20682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20685 \begin_layout Standard
20695 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
20704 <row topline="true">
20705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20708 \begin_layout Standard
20723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20726 \begin_layout Standard
20736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20739 \begin_layout Standard
20749 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
20758 <row topline="true">
20759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20762 \begin_layout Standard
20777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20780 \begin_layout Standard
20790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20793 \begin_layout Standard
20803 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
20812 <row topline="true">
20813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20816 \begin_layout Standard
20831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20834 \begin_layout Standard
20844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20847 \begin_layout Standard
20857 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
20866 <row topline="true">
20867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20870 \begin_layout Standard
20885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20888 \begin_layout Standard
20898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20901 \begin_layout Standard
20911 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
20920 <row topline="true">
20921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20924 \begin_layout Standard
20939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20942 \begin_layout Standard
20952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20955 \begin_layout Standard
20965 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
20974 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20978 \begin_layout Standard
20984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20987 \begin_layout Standard
20997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21000 \begin_layout Standard
21010 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
21031 \begin_layout Standard
21032 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
21038 \begin_inset Graphics
21039 filename ../images/math/hat.png
21045 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
21049 \begin_layout Section
21050 Brackets and Delimiters
21054 \begin_layout Standard
21064 \begin_layout Standard
21071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21073 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
21080 \begin_layout Standard
21081 There are several brackets available through LyX.
21082 For most purposes, using just the keys
21087 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
21088 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
21094 \begin_inset Graphics
21095 filename ../images/math/delim.png
21102 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
21104 \begin_inset Formula \[
21105 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
21107 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
21111 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
21112 \begin_inset Formula \[
21113 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
21120 \begin_layout Standard
21121 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
21122 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
21125 \begin_layout Standard
21126 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
21127 left side and right side.
21128 If you use the option
21133 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
21134 The selection will be shown below the button field.
21135 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
21136 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
21139 \begin_layout Standard
21140 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
21141 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
21142 inside the brackets.
21143 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
21148 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
21151 \begin_layout Standard
21152 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
21153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21163 \begin_layout Section
21168 \begin_layout Standard
21175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21177 name "sec:Grouping"
21184 \begin_layout Standard
21185 You may need to group a set of symbols.
21186 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
21197 \begin_layout Standard
21198 \begin_inset Formula \[
21199 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
21206 \begin_layout Standard
21207 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
21208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21222 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
21223 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
21224 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
21227 \begin_layout Section
21228 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
21232 \begin_layout Standard
21242 \begin_layout Standard
21252 \begin_layout Standard
21253 Math ! Multi-line Equations
21261 \begin_layout Standard
21262 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
21268 \begin_inset Graphics
21269 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
21276 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
21277 Here is an example:
21278 \begin_inset Formula \[
21279 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21282 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
21286 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
21288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21290 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
21295 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
21296 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
21297 This alignment is set in the box
21302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21350 for every column as default.
21351 For example, the sequence
21352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21363 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
21364 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
21365 corresponds to the relevant column.
21366 The result will look like this:
21367 \begin_inset Formula \[
21369 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
21370 column & has & has\, right\\
21371 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
21378 \begin_layout Standard
21379 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
21383 while the cursor is in the matrix.
21384 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
21386 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21392 \begin_layout Standard
21393 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
21394 It can be created with the menu
21396 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21397 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21409 \begin_inset Formula \[
21413 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
21420 \begin_layout Standard
21421 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21424 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
21432 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
21441 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
21442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21449 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
21450 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
21451 A new row is created by every further hit of
21459 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
21460 Here is an example:
21461 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
21462 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
21463 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
21467 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
21468 where you want to start the shift and hit
21473 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
21474 position to the next column.
21475 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
21476 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
21477 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
21478 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
21485 \begin_layout Standard
21486 The multi-line formula type described here is called
21493 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
21494 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
21495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21497 reference "eq:asquared"
21502 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
21504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21506 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21513 \begin_layout Section
21514 Formula Numbering and Referencing
21518 \begin_layout Standard
21519 Math ! Formula numbering
21528 \begin_layout Standard
21529 Math ! Referencing formulas
21535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21537 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
21544 \begin_layout Standard
21545 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
21547 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21548 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21549 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
21558 The formula number appears in LyX as
21559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21566 within parentheses.
21568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21575 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
21577 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
21578 the document class.
21579 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
21580 separated by a dot:
21581 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
21582 1+1=2\end{equation}
21591 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
21592 You can only number displayed formulas.
21595 \begin_layout Standard
21596 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
21598 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21599 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21600 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
21601 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
21610 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
21611 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
21613 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
21614 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
21618 To number all lines use the shortcut
21626 \begin_layout Standard
21627 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21630 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
21631 A label is inserted with the menu
21633 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21636 when the cursor is in the formula.
21637 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
21638 It is recommended to use the proposed
21639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21650 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
21651 type when you have many labels in your document.
21652 We inserted in the following example the label
21653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21660 in the second line:
21661 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
21662 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
21663 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
21667 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
21668 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
21670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21678 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
21680 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21685 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
21686 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
21687 as the formula number:
21690 \begin_layout Standard
21691 This is a cross-reference to equation (
21692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21694 reference "eq:tanhExp"
21701 \begin_layout Standard
21702 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
21704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21706 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21711 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
21714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21717 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
21721 \begin_layout Standard
21722 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
21730 \begin_layout Section
21731 User defined math macros
21735 \begin_layout Standard
21744 \begin_layout Standard
21745 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
21746 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
21747 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
21750 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
21751 \begin_inset Formula \[
21752 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
21756 The general form of its solution is:
21757 \begin_inset Formula \[
21758 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
21765 \begin_layout Standard
21766 The macro should print the parameters
21767 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
21771 \begin_inset Formula $p$
21775 \begin_inset Formula $q$
21778 like in the equation above.
21781 \begin_layout Standard
21782 A macro is created by executing the command
21785 \begin_layout Standard
21792 \begin_layout Standard
21805 \begin_layout Standard
21814 Number\InsetSpace ~
21819 \begin_layout Standard
21820 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
21821 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
21822 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
21823 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
21827 \begin_layout Standard
21828 We have three arguments and name the macro
21829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21836 , so that the command is:
21839 \begin_layout Standard
21846 \begin_layout Standard
21859 \begin_layout Standard
21871 \begin_layout Standard
21872 This results in the following macro definition box:
21873 \begin_inset Graphics
21874 filename clipart/macrobox.png
21881 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
21882 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
21883 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
21887 \begin_inset Note Note
21890 \begin_layout Standard
21891 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
21892 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
21900 \begin_layout Standard
21901 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
21902 the math panel or commands.
21903 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
21904 followed by the argument number, e.g.
21906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21915 for the first argument.
21916 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
21917 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
21918 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
21919 in LyX with its full size.
21920 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
21921 In our example we insert the sequence
21951 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
21954 \begin_layout Standard
21955 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
21956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21970 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
21973 \begin_layout Standard
21975 \begin_inset Graphics
21976 filename clipart/macrouse.png
21985 \begin_layout Standard
21986 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
21987 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
21988 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
21989 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
21990 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
21993 \begin_layout Standard
21994 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
21995 to the new definition.
21996 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
21997 \begin_inset Formula $x$
22001 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
22005 \begin_inset Formula $B$
22009 \begin_inset Formula \[
22010 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
22017 \begin_layout Standard
22018 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
22022 \begin_layout Standard
22041 \begin_layout Standard
22056 \begin_layout Standard
22067 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
22070 \begin_layout Standard
22071 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
22072 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
22073 definition box in your document.
22074 There are also some other restrictions: The command
22076 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
22078 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
22083 \begin_layout Section
22087 \begin_layout Subsection
22092 \begin_layout Standard
22101 \begin_layout Standard
22102 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
22103 To set a font in a formula, use the
22109 \begin_inset Graphics
22110 filename ../images/math/font.png
22116 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
22118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22120 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
22127 \begin_layout Standard
22128 \begin_inset Float table
22133 \begin_layout Standard
22134 \begin_inset Caption
22136 \begin_layout Standard
22137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22139 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
22143 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
22151 \begin_layout Standard
22153 \begin_inset Tabular
22154 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
22156 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
22157 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
22158 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22162 \begin_layout Standard
22168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22171 \begin_layout Standard
22178 <row topline="true">
22179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22182 \begin_layout Standard
22189 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
22197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22200 \begin_layout Standard
22211 <row topline="true">
22212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22215 \begin_layout Standard
22216 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
22224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22227 \begin_layout Standard
22238 <row topline="true">
22239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22242 \begin_layout Standard
22243 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
22251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22254 \begin_layout Standard
22265 <row topline="true">
22266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22269 \begin_layout Standard
22276 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
22284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22287 \begin_layout Standard
22298 <row topline="true">
22299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22302 \begin_layout Standard
22303 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
22311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22314 \begin_layout Standard
22325 <row topline="true">
22326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22329 \begin_layout Standard
22330 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
22338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22341 \begin_layout Standard
22352 <row topline="true">
22353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22356 \begin_layout Standard
22364 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
22372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22375 \begin_layout Standard
22386 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22390 \begin_layout Standard
22391 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
22399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22402 \begin_layout Standard
22425 \begin_layout Standard
22426 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22429 \begin_layout Standard
22434 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
22450 \begin_layout Standard
22451 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
22452 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
22457 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
22458 protected space when you need a space in the box.
22459 Here an example where a
22460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22471 denotes the set of numbers:
22472 \begin_inset Formula \[
22473 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
22480 \begin_layout Standard
22481 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
22492 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
22497 So better don't use this feature.
22500 \begin_layout Standard
22501 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
22502 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
22507 You can only print them emboldened using the command
22513 , which works like the other typeface commands:
22514 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
22520 \begin_layout Standard
22527 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
22530 \begin_layout Standard
22531 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
22533 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22534 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22541 \begin_layout Subsection
22546 \begin_layout Standard
22555 \begin_layout Standard
22556 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
22558 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
22561 Normal\InsetSpace ~
22571 \begin_inset Graphics
22572 filename ../images/math/font.png
22578 (alternatively the shortcut
22584 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
22585 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
22586 Here is an example:
22587 \begin_inset Formula \[
22589 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
22590 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
22597 \begin_layout Subsection
22602 \begin_layout Standard
22611 \begin_layout Standard
22612 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
22613 automatically chosen in most situations.
22631 For most characters,
22639 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
22640 and certain other structures, are set larger in
22645 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
22646 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
22647 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
22648 \begin_inset Graphics
22649 filename ../images/math/style.png
22656 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
22657 For example, you can set
22658 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
22661 , which is normally in
22670 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
22674 The four styles are used in the following example:
22677 \begin_layout Standard
22678 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
22682 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
22686 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
22690 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
22696 \begin_layout Standard
22697 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
22698 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
22700 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22704 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
22705 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
22706 will be adjusted to correspond.
22707 As example a formula in the font size
22708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22718 \begin_layout Standard
22722 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
22728 \begin_layout Section
22733 \begin_layout Standard
22743 \begin_layout Standard
22752 \begin_layout Standard
22753 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
22754 (AMS) that are in common use.
22757 \begin_layout Subsection
22758 Enabling AMS-Support
22761 \begin_layout Standard
22762 Selecting the checkbox
22771 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22778 \begin_layout Standard
22779 Document ! Settings
22789 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
22791 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
22792 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
22795 \begin_layout Subsection
22797 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22799 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22807 \begin_layout Standard
22808 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22816 \begin_layout Standard
22817 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
22818 LyX allows you to choose between
22839 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
22842 \begin_layout Chapter
22846 \begin_layout Section
22851 \begin_layout Standard
22858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22860 name "sec:Cross-References"
22867 \begin_layout Standard
22868 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
22869 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
22871 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
22872 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
22873 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
22876 \begin_layout Enumerate
22880 \begin_layout Enumerate
22881 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22883 name "enu:Second-item"
22890 \begin_layout Enumerate
22894 \begin_layout Standard
22895 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
22897 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22900 or the by pressing the toolbar button
22901 \begin_inset Graphics
22902 filename ../images/label-insert.png
22910 A grey label box like this:
22911 \begin_inset Graphics
22912 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
22919 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
22920 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
22922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22955 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
22956 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
22957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22971 \begin_layout Standard
22972 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
22974 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22977 or the toolbar button
22978 \begin_inset Graphics
22979 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
22987 A grey cross-reference box like this:
22988 \begin_inset Graphics
22989 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
22996 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
22998 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
22999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23011 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
23013 Here is our cross-reference:
23016 \begin_layout Standard
23019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23021 reference "enu:Second-item"
23028 \begin_layout Standard
23029 It is recommended to use a protected space
23033 \begin_layout Standard
23034 described in section\InsetSpace ~
23036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23038 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
23047 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
23051 \begin_layout Standard
23052 There are six varieties of cross-references:
23055 \begin_layout Description
23056 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
23057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23059 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
23066 \begin_layout Description
23067 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
23068 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
23070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23080 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23087 \begin_layout Description
23088 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
23090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23091 LatexCommand pageref
23092 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
23099 \begin_layout Description
23102 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
23103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23104 LatexCommand vpageref
23105 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
23112 \begin_layout Description
23113 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
23116 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
23118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23120 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
23127 \begin_layout Description
23128 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
23129 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
23132 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23135 \begin_layout Standard
23140 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
23146 \begin_layout Standard
23147 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
23162 \begin_layout Standard
23163 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
23164 the previous, the same, or the next page.
23165 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
23168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23182 \begin_layout Standard
23183 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
23184 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
23185 The varieties are adjusted in the field
23189 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
23193 \begin_layout Standard
23194 You can only use the style
23198 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
23202 is always possible.
23205 \begin_layout Standard
23206 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
23207 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
23208 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
23209 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
23211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23213 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23220 \begin_layout Standard
23227 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
23228 The button text changes then to
23233 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
23234 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
23235 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
23239 \begin_layout Standard
23240 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
23241 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
23242 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
23245 \begin_layout Standard
23246 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
23247 marks in the output instead of the reference.
23250 \begin_layout Standard
23251 References are described in detail in the
23258 \begin_layout Section
23259 Table of Contents and other Listings
23263 \begin_layout Standard
23273 \begin_layout Standard
23280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23289 \begin_layout Subsection
23290 Table of Contents and Outline
23291 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23293 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
23300 \begin_layout Standard
23301 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
23303 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23304 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23310 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
23311 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
23312 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
23313 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
23320 \begin_layout Standard
23321 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
23322 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
23323 in section\InsetSpace ~
23325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23327 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
23331 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
23332 Section\InsetSpace ~
23334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23336 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
23340 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
23342 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
23343 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
23344 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
23347 \begin_layout Standard
23348 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
23350 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
23352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23358 \begin_layout Subsection
23359 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
23360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23369 \begin_layout Standard
23370 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
23371 You can insert them via the
23373 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23379 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
23382 \begin_layout Section
23383 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
23387 \begin_layout Standard
23394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23403 \begin_layout Standard
23404 It is often desirable to include long
23405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23412 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
23413 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
23414 to typeset properly.
23415 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
23416 resulting in an overfull line.
23417 To avoid this, use the menu
23419 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23422 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
23425 \begin_layout Standard
23426 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
23430 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
23435 \begin_layout Standard
23436 \begin_inset Flex URL
23439 \begin_layout Standard
23448 \begin_layout Standard
23449 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23459 \begin_layout Itemize
23460 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
23461 them with a backslash before, e.g.
23463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23475 \begin_layout Itemize
23476 URLs must not end with a backslash!
23479 \begin_layout Section
23484 \begin_layout Standard
23491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23493 name "sec:Appendices"
23500 \begin_layout Standard
23501 Appendices are created with the menu
23503 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23505 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
23509 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
23510 as appendix region.
23511 The region is marked with a red borderline.
23514 \begin_layout Standard
23515 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
23516 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
23517 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
23518 and the subsection number.
23519 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
23523 \begin_layout Standard
23524 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
23526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23528 reference "cha:Credits"
23532 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
23534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23536 reference "sub:Export"
23543 \begin_layout Section
23548 \begin_layout Standard
23555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23557 name "sec:Bibliography"
23564 \begin_layout Standard
23565 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
23566 You can include a bibliography database
23570 \begin_layout Standard
23571 Known under the name
23572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23584 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
23586 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
23590 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
23592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23594 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
23601 \begin_layout Standard
23606 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
23608 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
23617 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
23619 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
23621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23628 , a short form of its title, as key.
23631 \begin_layout Standard
23632 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
23634 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23637 or the toobar button
23638 \begin_inset Graphics
23639 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
23642 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23647 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
23648 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
23649 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
23650 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
23654 \begin_layout Standard
23655 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
23656 with surrounding brackets.
23661 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
23662 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
23664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23674 \begin_layout Standard
23677 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
23680 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
23682 key "latexcompanion"
23689 \begin_layout Standard
23690 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
23691 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
23700 \begin_layout Subsection
23701 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
23705 \begin_layout Standard
23706 Bibliography ! Databases
23715 \begin_layout Standard
23716 Bibliography ! BibTeX
23722 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23724 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
23731 \begin_layout Standard
23732 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
23734 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
23736 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
23737 your working field in a database.
23738 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
23739 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
23742 \begin_layout Standard
23743 The database is a text file with the file extension
23744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23755 containing the bibliography in a special format.
23756 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
23757 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
23759 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
23764 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
23768 \begin_inset Flex URL
23771 \begin_layout Standard
23772 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
23779 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
23782 \begin_layout Standard
23783 To use a database, use the menu
23785 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23790 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23795 \begin_layout Standard
23806 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
23807 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
23810 \begin_layout Standard
23811 The style file is a text file with the file extension
23812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23823 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
23824 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
23825 take care of the layout.
23828 \begin_layout Standard
23829 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
23832 \begin_layout Standard
23833 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
23839 \begin_layout Standard
23840 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
23842 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
23853 \begin_layout Standard
23868 \begin_layout Standard
23879 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
23887 \begin_layout Standard
23888 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
23894 \begin_layout Standard
23895 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
23896 the two methods of creating them.
23897 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
23898 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
23899 We used the style file
23903 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
23906 \begin_layout Subsection
23907 Bibliography layout
23911 \begin_layout Standard
23912 Bibliography ! Layout
23920 \begin_layout Standard
23921 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
23922 For this feature you need to use the option
23928 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23935 \begin_layout Standard
23936 Document ! Settings
23946 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
23947 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
23948 in the previous section.
23951 \begin_layout Standard
23952 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
23953 in the citation reference window.
23954 Here an example where we set the text
23955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23958 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
23960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23963 to appear after the reference:
23966 \begin_layout Standard
23968 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
23971 key "latexcompanion"
23978 \begin_layout Section
23983 \begin_layout Standard
23990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23999 \begin_layout Standard
24000 An index entry is created if you use the menu
24002 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24006 or the toolbar button
24007 \begin_inset Graphics
24008 filename ../images/index-insert.png
24011 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24028 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
24029 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
24030 by LyX as index entry.
24033 \begin_layout Standard
24034 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24037 \begin_layout Standard
24042 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
24043 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
24048 Therefore you cannot insert
24051 \begin_layout Standard
24057 \begin_layout Standard
24058 to an index entry field, because the
24059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24066 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns, so that you will
24068 The correct entry is
24071 \begin_layout Standard
24079 \begin_layout Standard
24080 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
24081 ways using special LaTeX commands.
24082 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
24083 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
24085 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24087 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
24094 \begin_layout Standard
24095 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
24098 \begin_layout Standard
24099 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
24101 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24104 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24109 A light blue box labeled
24110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24121 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
24122 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
24125 \begin_layout Subsection
24126 Grouping Index Entries
24130 \begin_layout Standard
24139 \begin_layout Standard
24140 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
24142 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
24143 lists under the entry
24144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24152 First we create the entry
24153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24160 in section\InsetSpace ~
24162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24164 reference "sub:Lists"
24169 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
24171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24173 reference "sec:Itemize"
24177 , we insert the command
24180 \begin_layout Standard
24186 \begin_layout Standard
24190 \begin_layout Standard
24196 \begin_layout Standard
24197 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
24199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24201 reference "sec:Enumerate"
24208 \begin_layout Standard
24209 The exclamation mark
24210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24217 marks the grouping levels.
24218 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
24219 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
24220 If we don't have an index entry for
24221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24228 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
24231 \begin_layout Subsection
24236 \begin_layout Standard
24237 Index ! Page ranges
24245 \begin_layout Standard
24246 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
24248 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
24249 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
24250 in section\InsetSpace ~
24252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24254 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
24261 \begin_layout Standard
24264 Paragraph environments|(
24267 \begin_layout Standard
24268 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
24270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24272 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
24279 \begin_layout Standard
24282 Paragraph environments|)
24285 \begin_layout Standard
24287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24310 respectively starts and ends the index range.
24311 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
24312 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
24313 the pages of the indexed document parts.
24314 An example is the index entry
24315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24318 Document ! Settings
24319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24325 \begin_layout Subsection
24330 \begin_layout Standard
24331 Index ! Cross referencing
24339 \begin_layout Standard
24340 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
24341 We referred for example in the index entry
24342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24349 (in section\InsetSpace ~
24351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24353 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
24357 ) to the index entry
24358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24365 in the same section using the command
24368 \begin_layout Standard
24371 GIF|see{Image formats}
24374 \begin_layout Standard
24375 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
24376 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
24379 \begin_layout Subsection
24384 \begin_layout Standard
24385 Index ! Entry order
24393 \begin_layout Standard
24394 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
24395 then not follow the rules for the index order.
24396 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
24400 \begin_layout Standard
24401 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
24402 section\InsetSpace ~
24404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24406 reference "sub:Index-Program"
24415 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
24416 We created as example the three dummy index entries
24417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24444 \begin_layout Standard
24445 Dummy entries ! maïs
24454 \begin_layout Standard
24455 Dummy entries ! maître
24464 \begin_layout Standard
24465 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
24470 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
24471 order maïs, maison, maître.
24472 To achieve this, we use the command
24475 \begin_layout Standard
24478 previous entry@current entry
24481 \begin_layout Standard
24482 In our case we want to have
24483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24498 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
24501 \begin_layout Standard
24507 \begin_layout Standard
24508 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
24509 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
24513 \begin_layout Subsection
24518 \begin_layout Standard
24519 Index ! Entry layout
24527 \begin_layout Standard
24528 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
24529 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
24532 \begin_layout Standard
24537 textit{This is an italic entry}
24540 \begin_layout Standard
24547 produces the italic layout.
24551 \begin_layout Standard
24552 Dummy entries ! This@
24557 We refer to LaTeX books (
24558 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24560 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
24564 ) for an overview of layout commands.
24565 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
24566 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
24570 \begin_layout Standard
24575 textit{This is an italic entry}
24578 \begin_layout Standard
24579 You can also format the page number using the character
24580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24587 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
24588 We can write for example
24591 \begin_layout Standard
24594 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
24597 \begin_layout Standard
24598 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
24602 \begin_layout Standard
24603 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
24608 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
24610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24625 command{page\InsetSpace ~
24629 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
24631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24633 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24637 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
24640 \begin_layout Standard
24641 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
24643 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
24644 for all index entries.
24647 \begin_layout Subsection
24652 \begin_layout Standard
24659 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24661 name "sub:Index-Program"
24668 \begin_layout Standard
24669 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
24674 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
24675 see section\InsetSpace ~
24677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24679 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
24684 The available options are listed and explained in
24685 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24694 \begin_layout Standard
24695 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
24703 \begin_layout Section
24704 Nomenclature / Glossary
24708 \begin_layout Standard
24718 \begin_layout Standard
24719 Glossary|see{Nomenclature}
24725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24727 name "sec:Nomenclature"
24734 \begin_layout Standard
24735 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
24736 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
24740 \begin_layout Standard
24741 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
24747 \begin_layout Standard
24748 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
24756 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
24757 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24763 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
24766 \begin_layout Standard
24767 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
24768 and then use the menu
24770 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24775 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
24778 or the toobar button
24779 \begin_inset Graphics
24780 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
24783 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24800 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
24803 \begin_layout Standard
24804 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
24805 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
24806 The second is the description of the symbol.
24809 \begin_layout Standard
24810 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24813 \begin_layout Standard
24818 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
24819 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
24827 \begin_layout Subsection
24828 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
24832 \begin_layout Standard
24833 Nomenclature ! Layout
24841 \begin_layout Standard
24842 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
24846 field as LaTeX-formula.
24848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24852 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
24856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24877 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
24878 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
24880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24890 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
24900 \begin_layout Standard
24901 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
24903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24905 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24912 \begin_layout Standard
24918 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
24919 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
24920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24924 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
24928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24931 in this document is:
24935 dummy entry for the character
24957 font use the command
24986 \begin_layout Subsection
24987 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
24991 \begin_layout Standard
24992 Nomenclature ! Sort order
25000 \begin_layout Standard
25001 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
25002 the symbol definition.
25003 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
25004 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
25007 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
25008 LatexCommand nomenclature
25010 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
25017 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25021 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
25022 LatexCommand nomenclature
25025 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
25030 They will be sorted by
25031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25057 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25060 will be sorted before the
25064 since the character
25065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25072 is considered in sorting.
25075 \begin_layout Standard
25076 To control the sort order, you can edit the
25081 field of the nomenclature dialog.
25082 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
25084 For the given example, you can insert
25088 to this field for the
25089 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25096 will be located before
25097 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25103 \begin_layout Standard
25104 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
25109 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25118 \begin_layout Subsection
25119 Nomenclature Options
25123 \begin_layout Standard
25124 Nomenclature ! Options
25132 \begin_layout Standard
25137 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
25138 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
25141 \begin_layout Description
25142 refeq Appends the phrase
25143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25158 to every nomenclature entry, where
25164 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
25167 \begin_layout Description
25168 refpage Appends the phrase
25169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25184 to every nomenclature entry, where
25190 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
25193 \begin_layout Description
25194 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
25197 \begin_layout Standard
25198 There are furthermore the options
25242 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
25246 \begin_layout Standard
25247 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
25248 class options list in the
25250 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25254 In this document the options
25265 \begin_layout Standard
25266 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25272 \begin_layout Standard
25273 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
25274 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
25279 field in the nomenclature dialog:
25282 \begin_layout Description
25292 \begin_layout Description
25295 nomrefpage Like the
25302 \begin_layout Description
25305 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
25314 \begin_layout Description
25317 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
25320 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
25323 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
25326 \begin_layout Subsection
25327 Printing the Nomenclature
25331 \begin_layout Standard
25332 Nomenclature ! Printing
25340 \begin_layout Standard
25341 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
25343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25346 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25350 A light blue box labeled
25351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25362 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
25363 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
25366 \begin_layout Standard
25367 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
25368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25376 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
25384 For example, in order to change the name to
25388 , add the following line to the preamble:
25391 \begin_layout Standard
25399 nomname}{List of Symbols}
25402 \begin_layout Standard
25403 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25409 \begin_layout Standard
25410 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
25411 by adding the following line to the preamble:
25414 \begin_layout Standard
25422 nomlabelwidth}{width}
25425 \begin_layout Standard
25428 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
25430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25432 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
25437 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
25441 \begin_layout Section
25446 \begin_layout Standard
25456 \begin_layout Standard
25457 Document ! Branches
25463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25465 name "sec:Branches"
25472 \begin_layout Standard
25473 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
25474 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
25475 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
25476 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
25479 \begin_layout Standard
25480 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
25481 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
25482 To create a branch, go in the
25484 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25492 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
25493 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
25496 \begin_layout Standard
25497 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
25498 These boxes are inserted via the menu
25500 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25503 where you can choose a branch.
25504 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
25507 \begin_layout Standard
25508 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
25509 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
25512 \begin_layout Standard
25513 \begin_inset Branch Question
25516 \begin_layout Standard
25517 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
25525 \begin_layout Standard
25526 \begin_inset Branch Answer
25529 \begin_layout Standard
25530 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
25538 \begin_layout Section
25539 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
25540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25549 \begin_layout Subsection
25554 \begin_layout Standard
25561 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25563 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
25570 \begin_layout Standard
25571 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
25572 constructs, but not all.
25573 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
25574 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
25575 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
25576 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
25577 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
25578 and their commands.
25581 \begin_layout Standard
25582 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
25585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25592 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
25593 An ERT box is created by the menu
25595 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25598 or by the toolbar button
25599 \begin_inset Graphics
25600 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
25607 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
25620 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
25621 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
25632 \begin_layout Standard
25633 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
25634 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
25635 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
25642 , you can write the command part
25648 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
25652 in a second ERT box behind the word.
25653 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
25657 \begin_layout Standard
25658 \begin_inset Graphics
25659 filename clipart/ERT.png
25669 \begin_layout Standard
25673 \begin_layout Standard
25674 This is a line with a
25678 \begin_layout Standard
25691 \begin_layout Standard
25701 \begin_layout Standard
25702 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25705 \begin_layout Standard
25710 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
25711 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
25719 \begin_layout Subsection
25720 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
25721 \begin_inset OptArg
25724 \begin_layout Standard
25734 \begin_layout Standard
25741 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25743 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
25750 \begin_layout Standard
25751 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
25752 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
25753 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
25754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25762 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
25763 every time if you know the right commands.
25765 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
25766 the end of the day.
25767 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
25768 all caption labels bold.
25769 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
25771 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
25774 \begin_layout Standard
25775 Now LaTeX comes into play.
25776 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
25777 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
25779 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25788 \begin_layout Standard
25789 As result you know that the package
25797 \begin_layout Standard
25798 LaTeX-packages ! caption
25804 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
25806 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25812 \begin_layout Standard
25817 usepackage[options]{package name}
25820 \begin_layout Standard
25821 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
25822 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
25823 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
25826 \begin_layout Standard
25827 In your case the package name is
25832 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
25837 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
25838 So you add the command
25841 \begin_layout Standard
25846 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
25849 \begin_layout Standard
25850 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
25854 \begin_layout Standard
25855 For more commands provided by the
25859 package, have a look at its documentation,
25860 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25874 \begin_layout Standard
25875 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
25877 For example if you use a
25881 class, you don't need the package
25885 , you can instead write
25888 \begin_layout Standard
25893 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
25898 \begin_layout Standard
25899 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
25900 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
25901 documentation of the document class you want to use.
25908 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
25911 \begin_layout Standard
25912 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
25913 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
25915 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
25919 \begin_layout Standard
25920 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
25922 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25924 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
25932 \begin_layout Section
25933 Previewing Snippets of your Document
25937 \begin_layout Standard
25944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25946 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
25954 \begin_layout Standard
25963 \begin_layout Standard
25964 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
25965 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
25966 to break your train of thought with
25968 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25974 \begin_layout Standard
25975 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
25976 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
25982 \begin_layout Standard
25983 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
25990 as explained below, and turn on
25992 Instant\InsetSpace ~
25997 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26004 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26010 \begin_layout Standard
26011 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
26013 Previews of an already loaded document are
26017 generated just by selecting the
26019 Instant\InsetSpace ~
26022 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
26025 \begin_layout Standard
26026 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
26027 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
26032 check box in the insert dialog.
26033 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
26037 \begin_layout Standard
26038 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
26042 (on some systems named simply
26047 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26048 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26054 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26055 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
26063 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
26067 \begin_layout Standard
26068 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26074 \begin_layout Standard
26075 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
26079 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26083 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
26084 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
26086 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
26087 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
26088 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
26089 the source view window.
26092 \begin_layout Section
26094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26096 name "sec:Spellchecking"
26104 \begin_layout Standard
26113 \begin_layout Standard
26114 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
26115 Rather it uses one of the external programs
26132 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
26138 can be seen as successor of
26142 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
26147 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
26148 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
26156 \begin_layout Standard
26157 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
26158 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
26165 \begin_layout Standard
26168 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26171 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
26172 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
26173 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
26174 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
26175 scrolled so that it is visible.
26180 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
26182 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
26186 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
26187 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
26190 \begin_layout Standard
26191 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
26194 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26198 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
26199 will bring an error message.
26200 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
26201 specifying a different
26203 Alternative language
26205 in preferences dialog.
26208 \begin_layout Standard
26209 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
26212 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
26216 \begin_layout Standard
26217 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
26218 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
26220 But you can use the
26229 \begin_layout Standard
26230 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
26231 This does work with
26235 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
26238 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
26242 \begin_layout Standard
26247 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
26250 \begin_layout Description
26251 Escape\InsetSpace ~
26252 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
26253 checker should consider, e.g.
26254 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
26255 This should not normally be needed.
26258 \begin_layout Description
26259 Personal\InsetSpace ~
26260 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
26261 choice as your personal dictionary
26264 \begin_layout Description
26265 Accept\InsetSpace ~
26266 compound\InsetSpace ~
26267 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
26269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26279 \begin_layout Description
26282 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
26284 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26291 also for the spellchecker.
26295 \begin_layout Standard
26296 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
26298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26300 reference "sub:Settings"
26309 Only enable this if you use
26313 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
26314 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
26315 so this is disabled by default.
26318 \begin_layout Section
26323 \begin_layout Standard
26330 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26332 name "sec:Thesaurus"
26339 \begin_layout Standard
26340 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
26343 \begin_layout Standard
26344 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
26347 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26350 or the toolbar button
26351 \begin_inset Graphics
26352 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
26355 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
26356 rotateOrigin center
26361 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
26365 \begin_layout Standard
26366 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
26367 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
26368 cases to find related words.
26371 \begin_layout Standard
26372 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
26374 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
26375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26382 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
26383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26391 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
26392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26410 \begin_layout Section
26415 \begin_layout Standard
26425 \begin_layout Standard
26426 Document ! Change Tracking
26432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26434 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
26441 \begin_layout Standard
26442 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
26443 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
26444 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
26445 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
26447 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26448 Change\InsetSpace ~
26449 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26456 \begin_layout Standard
26457 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
26466 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
26480 \begin_layout Standard
26489 \begin_layout Standard
26490 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
26494 \begin_layout Standard
26503 \begin_layout Standard
26504 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26510 \begin_layout Standard
26511 \begin_inset Graphics
26512 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
26521 \begin_layout Standard
26522 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26528 \begin_layout Standard
26529 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
26533 \begin_layout Standard
26534 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26540 \begin_layout Standard
26541 \begin_inset Tabular
26542 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
26543 <features islongtable="true">
26544 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
26545 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
26546 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
26547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26550 \begin_layout Standard
26551 \begin_inset Graphics
26552 filename ../images/changes-track.png
26555 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
26556 rotateOrigin center
26565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26568 \begin_layout Standard
26571 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26572 Change\InsetSpace ~
26573 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26581 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
26582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26585 \begin_layout Standard
26586 \begin_inset Graphics
26587 filename ../images/changes-output.png
26590 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
26591 rotateOrigin center
26600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26603 \begin_layout Standard
26606 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26607 Change\InsetSpace ~
26608 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26610 Changes\InsetSpace ~
26618 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
26619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26622 \begin_layout Standard
26623 \begin_inset Graphics
26624 filename ../images/change-next.png
26627 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
26628 rotateOrigin center
26637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26640 \begin_layout Standard
26641 Jumps to the next change
26647 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
26648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26651 \begin_layout Standard
26652 \begin_inset Graphics
26653 filename ../images/change-accept.png
26656 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
26657 rotateOrigin center
26666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26669 \begin_layout Standard
26672 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26673 Change\InsetSpace ~
26674 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26675 Accept\InsetSpace ~
26682 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
26683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26686 \begin_layout Standard
26687 \begin_inset Graphics
26688 filename ../images/change-reject.png
26691 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
26692 rotateOrigin center
26701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26704 \begin_layout Standard
26707 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26708 Change\InsetSpace ~
26709 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26710 Reject\InsetSpace ~
26717 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
26718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26721 \begin_layout Standard
26722 \begin_inset Graphics
26723 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
26726 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
26727 rotateOrigin center
26736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26739 \begin_layout Standard
26742 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26743 Change\InsetSpace ~
26744 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26752 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
26753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26756 \begin_layout Standard
26757 \begin_inset Graphics
26758 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
26761 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
26762 rotateOrigin center
26771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26774 \begin_layout Standard
26777 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26778 Change\InsetSpace ~
26779 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26780 Accept\InsetSpace ~
26788 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
26789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26792 \begin_layout Standard
26793 \begin_inset Graphics
26794 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
26797 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
26798 rotateOrigin center
26807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26810 \begin_layout Standard
26813 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26814 Change\InsetSpace ~
26815 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26816 Reject\InsetSpace ~
26824 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
26825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26828 \begin_layout Standard
26829 \begin_inset Graphics
26830 filename ../images/note-insert.png
26833 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
26834 rotateOrigin center
26843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26846 \begin_layout Standard
26849 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26850 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26858 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
26859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26862 \begin_layout Standard
26863 \begin_inset Graphics
26864 filename ../images/note-next.png
26867 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
26868 rotateOrigin center
26877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26880 \begin_layout Standard
26883 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26898 \begin_layout Standard
26899 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26905 \begin_layout Standard
26906 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
26907 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
26908 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
26909 the next change behind the current cursor position.
26910 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
26911 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
26912 step to the next change.
26913 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
26916 \begin_layout Standard
26917 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
26918 to describe a change.
26921 \begin_layout Standard
26922 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
26928 \begin_layout Standard
26929 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
26937 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26938 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26944 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26947 \begin_layout Section
26948 International Support
26952 \begin_layout Standard
26953 International support
26961 \begin_layout Standard
26962 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
26963 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
26964 how to set up LyX to use them:
26965 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26967 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
26974 \begin_layout Standard
26975 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
26977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26979 reference "sub:Special-Character"
26986 \begin_layout Subsection
26991 \begin_layout Standard
27001 \begin_layout Standard
27002 Document ! Settings
27011 \begin_layout Standard
27012 Document ! Language
27020 \begin_layout Standard
27023 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27026 dialog lets you set
27028 the language and character encoding for your language.
27032 \begin_layout Standard
27033 Choose your language in the
27037 section of this dialog.
27045 \begin_layout Standard
27050 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
27054 use language's default encoding
27056 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
27057 For details abhout the different encoding options see section\InsetSpace ~
27059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27061 reference "sub:Settings"
27068 \begin_layout Subsection
27069 Keyboard mapping configuration
27072 \begin_layout Standard
27073 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
27074 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
27075 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
27076 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
27077 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
27078 see section\InsetSpace ~
27080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27082 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
27087 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
27088 which one you want to use.
27091 \begin_layout Standard
27092 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
27093 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
27094 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
27095 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
27096 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
27097 one to support the characters you want.
27098 This and much more customizations are explained in the
27105 \begin_layout Subsection
27107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27116 \begin_layout Standard
27119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27121 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
27130 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
27134 \begin_layout Standard
27135 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
27136 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
27144 \begin_layout Itemize
27145 Even if you have selected
27151 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27154 dialog, users who have only the
27158 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
27162 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
27163 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
27164 french quotes won't show up.
27167 \begin_layout Standard
27168 \begin_inset Float table
27173 \begin_layout Standard
27174 \begin_inset Caption
27176 \begin_layout Standard
27177 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27179 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
27195 \begin_layout Standard
27197 \begin_inset Tabular
27198 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
27200 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
27201 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27202 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27203 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27204 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27207 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27208 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27211 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27212 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27213 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27214 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27215 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27216 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
27217 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
27218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27221 \begin_layout Standard
27227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27230 \begin_layout Standard
27245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27248 \begin_layout Standard
27263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27266 \begin_layout Standard
27281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27284 \begin_layout Standard
27299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27302 \begin_layout Standard
27317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27320 \begin_layout Standard
27335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27338 \begin_layout Standard
27353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27356 \begin_layout Standard
27371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27374 \begin_layout Standard
27389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27392 \begin_layout Standard
27407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27410 \begin_layout Standard
27425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27428 \begin_layout Standard
27443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27446 \begin_layout Standard
27461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27464 \begin_layout Standard
27479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27482 \begin_layout Standard
27497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27500 \begin_layout Standard
27516 <row topline="true">
27517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27520 \begin_layout Standard
27535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27538 \begin_layout Standard
27544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27547 \begin_layout Standard
27553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27556 \begin_layout Standard
27562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27565 \begin_layout Standard
27579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27582 \begin_layout Standard
27596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27599 \begin_layout Standard
27613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27616 \begin_layout Standard
27630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27633 \begin_layout Standard
27647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27650 \begin_layout Standard
27656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27659 \begin_layout Standard
27665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27668 \begin_layout Standard
27674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27677 \begin_layout Standard
27691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27694 \begin_layout Standard
27708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27711 \begin_layout Standard
27725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27728 \begin_layout Standard
27742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27745 \begin_layout Standard
27760 <row topline="true">
27761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27764 \begin_layout Standard
27779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27782 \begin_layout Standard
27788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27791 \begin_layout Standard
27797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27800 \begin_layout Standard
27814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27817 \begin_layout Standard
27831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27834 \begin_layout Standard
27848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27851 \begin_layout Standard
27865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27868 \begin_layout Standard
27882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27885 \begin_layout Standard
27899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27902 \begin_layout Standard
27908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27911 \begin_layout Standard
27917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27920 \begin_layout Standard
27934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27937 \begin_layout Standard
27951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27954 \begin_layout Standard
27968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27971 \begin_layout Standard
27985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27988 \begin_layout Standard
28002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28005 \begin_layout Standard
28020 <row topline="true">
28021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28024 \begin_layout Standard
28039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28042 \begin_layout Standard
28048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28051 \begin_layout Standard
28057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28060 \begin_layout Standard
28069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28080 \begin_layout Standard
28094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28097 \begin_layout Standard
28111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28114 \begin_layout Standard
28128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28131 \begin_layout Standard
28145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28148 \begin_layout Standard
28162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28165 \begin_layout Standard
28171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28174 \begin_layout Standard
28180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28183 \begin_layout Standard
28189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28192 \begin_layout Standard
28206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28209 \begin_layout Standard
28223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28226 \begin_layout Standard
28240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28243 \begin_layout Standard
28257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28260 \begin_layout Standard
28275 <row topline="true">
28276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28279 \begin_layout Standard
28294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28297 \begin_layout Standard
28303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28306 \begin_layout Standard
28312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28315 \begin_layout Standard
28329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28332 \begin_layout Standard
28346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28349 \begin_layout Standard
28363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28366 \begin_layout Standard
28380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28383 \begin_layout Standard
28397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28400 \begin_layout Standard
28414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28417 \begin_layout Standard
28423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28426 \begin_layout Standard
28432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28435 \begin_layout Standard
28449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28452 \begin_layout Standard
28466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28469 \begin_layout Standard
28483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28486 \begin_layout Standard
28500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28503 \begin_layout Standard
28517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28520 \begin_layout Standard
28535 <row topline="true">
28536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28539 \begin_layout Standard
28554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28557 \begin_layout Standard
28563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28566 \begin_layout Standard
28572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28575 \begin_layout Standard
28589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28592 \begin_layout Standard
28606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28609 \begin_layout Standard
28623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28626 \begin_layout Standard
28640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28643 \begin_layout Standard
28657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28660 \begin_layout Standard
28674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28677 \begin_layout Standard
28683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28686 \begin_layout Standard
28692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28695 \begin_layout Standard
28701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28704 \begin_layout Standard
28718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28721 \begin_layout Standard
28735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28738 \begin_layout Standard
28752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28755 \begin_layout Standard
28769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28772 \begin_layout Standard
28787 <row topline="true">
28788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28791 \begin_layout Standard
28806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28809 \begin_layout Standard
28815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28818 \begin_layout Standard
28824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28827 \begin_layout Standard
28841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28844 \begin_layout Standard
28858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28861 \begin_layout Standard
28875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28878 \begin_layout Standard
28892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28895 \begin_layout Standard
28909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28912 \begin_layout Standard
28926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28929 \begin_layout Standard
28935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28938 \begin_layout Standard
28944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28947 \begin_layout Standard
28953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28956 \begin_layout Standard
28970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28973 \begin_layout Standard
28987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28990 \begin_layout Standard
29004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29007 \begin_layout Standard
29021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29024 \begin_layout Standard
29039 <row topline="true">
29040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29043 \begin_layout Standard
29058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29061 \begin_layout Standard
29067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29070 \begin_layout Standard
29076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29079 \begin_layout Standard
29093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29096 \begin_layout Standard
29110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29113 \begin_layout Standard
29127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29130 \begin_layout Standard
29144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29147 \begin_layout Standard
29161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29164 \begin_layout Standard
29178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29181 \begin_layout Standard
29187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29190 \begin_layout Standard
29196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29199 \begin_layout Standard
29205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29208 \begin_layout Standard
29222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29225 \begin_layout Standard
29239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29242 \begin_layout Standard
29256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29259 \begin_layout Standard
29273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29276 \begin_layout Standard
29291 <row topline="true">
29292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29295 \begin_layout Standard
29310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29313 \begin_layout Standard
29319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29322 \begin_layout Standard
29328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29331 \begin_layout Standard
29345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29348 \begin_layout Standard
29362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29365 \begin_layout Standard
29379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29382 \begin_layout Standard
29396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29399 \begin_layout Standard
29413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29416 \begin_layout Standard
29430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29433 \begin_layout Standard
29439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29442 \begin_layout Standard
29448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29451 \begin_layout Standard
29465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29468 \begin_layout Standard
29482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29485 \begin_layout Standard
29499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29502 \begin_layout Standard
29516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29519 \begin_layout Standard
29533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29536 \begin_layout Standard
29551 <row topline="true">
29552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29555 \begin_layout Standard
29570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29573 \begin_layout Standard
29579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29582 \begin_layout Standard
29588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29591 \begin_layout Standard
29605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29608 \begin_layout Standard
29622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29625 \begin_layout Standard
29639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29642 \begin_layout Standard
29656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29659 \begin_layout Standard
29673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29676 \begin_layout Standard
29690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29693 \begin_layout Standard
29699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29702 \begin_layout Standard
29708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29711 \begin_layout Standard
29725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29728 \begin_layout Standard
29742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29745 \begin_layout Standard
29759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29762 \begin_layout Standard
29776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29779 \begin_layout Standard
29793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29796 \begin_layout Standard
29811 <row topline="true">
29812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29815 \begin_layout Standard
29830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29833 \begin_layout Standard
29839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29842 \begin_layout Standard
29848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29851 \begin_layout Standard
29865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29868 \begin_layout Standard
29882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29885 \begin_layout Standard
29899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29902 \begin_layout Standard
29916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29919 \begin_layout Standard
29933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29936 \begin_layout Standard
29950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29953 \begin_layout Standard
29959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29962 \begin_layout Standard
29968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29971 \begin_layout Standard
29985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29988 \begin_layout Standard
30002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30005 \begin_layout Standard
30019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30022 \begin_layout Standard
30036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30039 \begin_layout Standard
30053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30056 \begin_layout Standard
30071 <row topline="true">
30072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30075 \begin_layout Standard
30090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30093 \begin_layout Standard
30099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30102 \begin_layout Standard
30108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30111 \begin_layout Standard
30125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30128 \begin_layout Standard
30142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30145 \begin_layout Standard
30159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30162 \begin_layout Standard
30176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30179 \begin_layout Standard
30193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30196 \begin_layout Standard
30210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30213 \begin_layout Standard
30219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30222 \begin_layout Standard
30228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30231 \begin_layout Standard
30245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30248 \begin_layout Standard
30262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30265 \begin_layout Standard
30279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30282 \begin_layout Standard
30296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30299 \begin_layout Standard
30313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30316 \begin_layout Standard
30331 <row topline="true">
30332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30335 \begin_layout Standard
30350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30353 \begin_layout Standard
30359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30362 \begin_layout Standard
30368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30371 \begin_layout Standard
30385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30388 \begin_layout Standard
30402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30405 \begin_layout Standard
30419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30422 \begin_layout Standard
30436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30439 \begin_layout Standard
30453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30456 \begin_layout Standard
30470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30473 \begin_layout Standard
30479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30482 \begin_layout Standard
30488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30491 \begin_layout Standard
30505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30508 \begin_layout Standard
30522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30525 \begin_layout Standard
30539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30542 \begin_layout Standard
30556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30559 \begin_layout Standard
30573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30576 \begin_layout Standard
30591 <row topline="true">
30592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30595 \begin_layout Standard
30610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30613 \begin_layout Standard
30619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30622 \begin_layout Standard
30628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30631 \begin_layout Standard
30645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30648 \begin_layout Standard
30662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30665 \begin_layout Standard
30679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30682 \begin_layout Standard
30698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30701 \begin_layout Standard
30715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30718 \begin_layout Standard
30732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30735 \begin_layout Standard
30741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30744 \begin_layout Standard
30750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30753 \begin_layout Standard
30767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30770 \begin_layout Standard
30784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30787 \begin_layout Standard
30801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30804 \begin_layout Standard
30818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30821 \begin_layout Standard
30835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30838 \begin_layout Standard
30853 <row topline="true">
30854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30857 \begin_layout Standard
30872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30875 \begin_layout Standard
30881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30884 \begin_layout Standard
30890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30893 \begin_layout Standard
30907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30910 \begin_layout Standard
30924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30927 \begin_layout Standard
30941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30944 \begin_layout Standard
30958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30961 \begin_layout Standard
30975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30978 \begin_layout Standard
30992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30995 \begin_layout Standard
31001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31004 \begin_layout Standard
31010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31013 \begin_layout Standard
31019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31022 \begin_layout Standard
31036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31039 \begin_layout Standard
31053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31056 \begin_layout Standard
31070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31073 \begin_layout Standard
31087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31090 \begin_layout Standard
31105 <row topline="true">
31106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31109 \begin_layout Standard
31124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31127 \begin_layout Standard
31133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31136 \begin_layout Standard
31142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31145 \begin_layout Standard
31159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31162 \begin_layout Standard
31176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31179 \begin_layout Standard
31193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31196 \begin_layout Standard
31210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31213 \begin_layout Standard
31227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31230 \begin_layout Standard
31244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31247 \begin_layout Standard
31253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31256 \begin_layout Standard
31262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31265 \begin_layout Standard
31279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31282 \begin_layout Standard
31296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31299 \begin_layout Standard
31313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31316 \begin_layout Standard
31330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31333 \begin_layout Standard
31347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31350 \begin_layout Standard
31365 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
31366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31369 \begin_layout Standard
31384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31387 \begin_layout Standard
31393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31396 \begin_layout Standard
31402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31405 \begin_layout Standard
31419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31422 \begin_layout Standard
31436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31439 \begin_layout Standard
31453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31456 \begin_layout Standard
31470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31473 \begin_layout Standard
31487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31490 \begin_layout Standard
31496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31499 \begin_layout Standard
31505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31508 \begin_layout Standard
31514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31517 \begin_layout Standard
31531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31534 \begin_layout Standard
31548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31551 \begin_layout Standard
31565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31568 \begin_layout Standard
31582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31585 \begin_layout Standard
31599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31602 \begin_layout Standard
31629 \begin_layout Standard
31630 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
31632 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
31633 also the characters from
31645 \begin_layout Itemize
31654 \begin_layout Standard
31655 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
31660 \begin_layout Standard
31661 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
31666 \begin_layout Standard
31667 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
31672 \begin_layout Standard
31673 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
31678 \begin_layout Standard
31684 \begin_layout Standard
31690 \begin_layout Standard
31697 \begin_layout Itemize
31710 \begin_layout Standard
31716 \begin_layout Standard
31722 \begin_layout Standard
31728 \begin_layout Standard
31734 \begin_layout Standard
31740 \begin_layout Standard
31747 \begin_layout Standard
31748 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
31749 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
31750 Also make sure you're using the
31757 \begin_layout Chapter
31760 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31762 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
31769 \begin_layout Standard
31770 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
31771 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
31772 inside the user's guide.
31775 \begin_layout Section
31780 \begin_layout Standard
31789 \begin_layout Standard
31794 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
31795 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
31798 \begin_layout Subsection
31802 \begin_layout Standard
31803 Creates a new document.
31806 \begin_layout Subsection
31810 \begin_layout Standard
31811 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
31812 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
31813 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
31816 \begin_layout Subsection
31820 \begin_layout Standard
31824 \begin_layout Subsection
31828 \begin_layout Standard
31829 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
31830 Click there on a file to open it.
31833 \begin_layout Subsection
31837 \begin_layout Standard
31838 Closes the current document.
31841 \begin_layout Subsection
31845 \begin_layout Standard
31846 Saves the actual document.
31849 \begin_layout Subsection
31853 \begin_layout Standard
31854 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
31857 \begin_layout Subsection
31861 \begin_layout Standard
31862 Reloads the actual document from disk.
31865 \begin_layout Subsection
31869 \begin_layout Standard
31870 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
31871 It is described in the section
31873 Version Control in LyX
31877 Extended\InsetSpace ~
31883 \begin_layout Subsection
31887 \begin_layout Standard
31888 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
31889 text files (ASCII-files).
31890 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
31893 \begin_layout Standard
31894 When using the menu
31897 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
31900 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
31901 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
31902 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
31903 will start a new paragraph.
31906 \begin_layout Subsection
31908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31917 \begin_layout Standard
31918 You can export your document to various file formats.
31919 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
31920 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
31921 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
31924 \begin_layout Standard
31925 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
31926 section\InsetSpace ~
31928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31930 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
31937 \begin_layout Description
31943 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
31944 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
31947 \begin_layout Description
31955 \begin_layout Description
31956 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
31960 \begin_layout Description
31963 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
31968 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
31976 \begin_layout Description
31983 \begin_layout Standard
31993 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
31994 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
31998 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
32001 \begin_layout Description
32008 \begin_layout Standard
32018 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
32019 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
32027 \begin_layout Description
32029 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
32030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32037 is replaced by the version number)
32040 \begin_layout Description
32041 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
32054 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
32058 \begin_layout Description
32063 PDF-format using the program
32068 \begin_layout Description
32074 PDF-format using the program
32079 \begin_layout Description
32085 PDF-format using the program
32090 \begin_layout Description
32099 \begin_layout Description
32106 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
32107 and then exported as text using the program
32112 \begin_layout Description
32117 PostScript format using the program
32122 \begin_layout Description
32130 \begin_layout Standard
32135 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
32136 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
32142 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
32145 \begin_layout Standard
32146 If one of the menu entries
32159 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
32160 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
32162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32164 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
32172 \begin_layout Standard
32173 Reconfiguration of LyX
32181 \begin_layout Standard
32186 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
32187 the export program.
32190 \begin_layout Subsection
32194 \begin_layout Standard
32195 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
32196 or send it to a printer.
32197 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
32198 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
32204 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
32206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32208 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
32215 \begin_layout Subsection
32216 New and Close Window
32219 \begin_layout Standard
32220 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
32221 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
32224 \begin_layout Section
32229 \begin_layout Standard
32238 \begin_layout Subsection
32242 \begin_layout Standard
32243 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
32245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32247 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
32254 \begin_layout Subsection
32255 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
32258 \begin_layout Standard
32259 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
32261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32263 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
32270 \begin_layout Subsection
32274 \begin_layout Standard
32275 Selects the whole document.
32278 \begin_layout Subsection
32282 \begin_layout Standard
32283 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
32285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32287 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
32294 \begin_layout Subsection
32295 Move paragraph Up/Down
32298 \begin_layout Standard
32299 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
32303 \begin_layout Subsection
32307 \begin_layout Standard
32308 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
32310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32312 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
32319 \begin_layout Subsection
32324 \begin_layout Standard
32325 Paragraph ! Settings
32333 \begin_layout Standard
32334 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
32336 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
32339 \begin_layout Standard
32340 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
32341 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
32344 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32355 \begin_layout Subsection
32359 \begin_layout Standard
32360 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
32361 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
32362 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32366 reference "sec:Tables"
32370 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
32372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32374 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
32381 \begin_layout Subsection
32382 Increase / Decrease List Depth
32385 \begin_layout Standard
32386 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
32388 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32392 reference "sec:Nesting"
32397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32399 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
32406 \begin_layout Section
32411 \begin_layout Standard
32420 \begin_layout Standard
32425 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
32426 document with an external program.
32427 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
32428 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
32429 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
32431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32433 reference "sub:Export"
32438 You should at least see the menu entries
32448 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
32449 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
32451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32453 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
32461 \begin_layout Standard
32462 Reconfiguration of LyX
32470 \begin_layout Standard
32471 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
32472 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
32474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32476 reference "sec:File-Formats"
32481 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
32484 \begin_layout Standard
32485 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
32488 At the bottom of the
32492 menu the opened documents are listed.
32495 \begin_layout Subsection
32499 \begin_layout Standard
32500 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
32501 in section\InsetSpace ~
32503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32505 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
32512 \begin_layout Subsection
32516 \begin_layout Standard
32517 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
32518 opening a new view window.
32521 \begin_layout Subsection
32523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32525 name "sub:Toolbars"
32533 \begin_layout Standard
32542 \begin_layout Standard
32543 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
32544 All toolbars and the
32546 Command\InsetSpace ~
32549 can be turned on and off.
32554 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
32572 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
32576 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
32583 \begin_layout Standard
32588 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
32592 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
32593 or when a certain feature is enabled.
32594 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
32595 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
32596 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
32599 \begin_layout Standard
32600 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32604 reference "sec:Toolbars"
32611 \begin_layout Section
32616 \begin_layout Standard
32625 \begin_layout Subsection
32629 \begin_layout Standard
32630 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
32632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32634 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
32641 \begin_layout Subsection
32643 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32645 name "sub:Special-Character"
32652 \begin_layout Standard
32653 Here you can insert the following characters:
32656 \begin_layout Description
32657 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
32661 \begin_layout Description
32664 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32668 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
32675 \begin_layout Description
32676 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
32677 Quote Inserts this quote:
32678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32681 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
32683 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32693 \begin_layout Description
32694 Single\InsetSpace ~
32695 Quote Inserts this quote:
32696 \begin_inset Quotes els
32702 \begin_layout Description
32704 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
32708 \begin_layout Description
32709 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
32714 \begin_layout Standard
32724 \begin_layout Standard
32725 Language ! Phonetic symbols
32730 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
32731 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
32732 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
32740 \begin_layout Standard
32741 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
32748 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
32752 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32760 and this Wiki-page:
32763 \begin_inset Flex URL
32766 \begin_layout Standard
32767 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
32775 \begin_layout Subsection
32779 \begin_layout Standard
32780 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
32783 \begin_layout Description
32784 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
32785 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
32791 \begin_layout Description
32792 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
32793 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
32799 \begin_layout Description
32800 Protected\InsetSpace ~
32801 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32805 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
32812 \begin_layout Description
32813 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
32814 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32818 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
32825 \begin_layout Description
32827 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32831 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
32838 \begin_layout Description
32839 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
32840 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
32842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32844 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
32851 \begin_layout Description
32852 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
32853 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
32855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32857 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
32864 \begin_layout Description
32865 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
32866 Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
32868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32870 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
32877 \begin_layout Description
32878 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
32879 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
32881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32883 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
32890 \begin_layout Description
32891 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
32892 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
32894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32896 reference "sub:Ligatures"
32903 \begin_layout Description
32905 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
32907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32909 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
32916 \begin_layout Description
32918 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
32920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32922 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
32929 \begin_layout Description
32931 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
32933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32935 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
32942 \begin_layout Description
32944 Double\InsetSpace ~
32945 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
32947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32949 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
32956 \begin_layout Subsection
32960 \begin_layout Standard
32961 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
32962 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
32963 in section\InsetSpace ~
32965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32967 reference "sec:toc"
32972 The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32976 reference "sec:Index"
32980 , the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
32982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32984 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
32988 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
32990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32992 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
32999 \begin_layout Subsection
33003 \begin_layout Standard
33004 To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
33006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33008 reference "sec:Floats"
33015 \begin_layout Subsection
33019 \begin_layout Standard
33020 To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
33022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33024 reference "sec:Notes"
33031 \begin_layout Subsection
33035 \begin_layout Standard
33036 Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33040 reference "sec:Branches"
33047 \begin_layout Subsection
33052 \begin_layout Standard
33061 \begin_layout Standard
33062 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
33063 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
33074 \begin_layout Subsection
33079 \begin_layout Standard
33088 \begin_layout Standard
33089 Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
33091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33093 reference "sec:Minipages"
33098 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
33109 \begin_layout Subsection
33113 \begin_layout Standard
33114 Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33118 reference "sec:Bibliography"
33125 \begin_layout Subsection
33129 \begin_layout Standard
33130 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33134 reference "sec:Cross-References"
33141 \begin_layout Subsection
33145 \begin_layout Standard
33146 Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33150 reference "sec:Cross-References"
33157 \begin_layout Subsection
33162 \begin_layout Standard
33172 \begin_layout Standard
33173 Longtables ! Caption
33181 \begin_layout Standard
33182 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
33183 Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
33185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33187 reference "sec:Floats"
33191 , cations in longtables are described in section
33202 \begin_layout Subsection
33206 \begin_layout Standard
33207 Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33211 reference "sec:Index"
33218 \begin_layout Subsection
33222 \begin_layout Standard
33223 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33227 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
33234 \begin_layout Subsection
33238 \begin_layout Standard
33240 Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
33242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33244 reference "sec:Tables"
33251 \begin_layout Subsection
33255 \begin_layout Standard
33257 Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
33259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33261 reference "sec:Graphics"
33268 \begin_layout Subsection
33272 \begin_layout Standard
33273 Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33277 reference "sec:URL"
33284 \begin_layout Subsection
33288 \begin_layout Standard
33289 Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
33291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33293 reference "sec:Footnotes"
33300 \begin_layout Subsection
33304 \begin_layout Standard
33305 Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
33307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33309 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
33316 \begin_layout Subsection
33320 \begin_layout Standard
33321 Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
33323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33325 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
33332 \begin_layout Subsection
33336 \begin_layout Standard
33337 Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
33339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33341 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
33348 \begin_layout Subsection
33353 \begin_layout Standard
33362 \begin_layout Standard
33363 Inserts a program listings box.
33364 Program listings are explained in chapter
33366 Program Code Listings
33375 \begin_layout Subsection
33379 \begin_layout Standard
33380 Inserts the actual date.
33381 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
33383 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
33393 There the different methods are also compared.
33396 \begin_layout Section
33401 \begin_layout Standard
33410 \begin_layout Standard
33411 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
33412 the current document.
33413 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
33416 \begin_layout Standard
33417 The Navigate menu also offers to
33420 \begin_layout Subsection
33424 \begin_layout Standard
33425 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
33426 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
33428 between section\InsetSpace ~
33430 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
33431 2.5 and use the menu
33435 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
33439 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
33443 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
33447 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
33459 \begin_layout Standard
33460 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
33461 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
33464 \begin_layout Subsection
33465 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
33468 \begin_layout Standard
33469 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
33473 \begin_layout Subsection
33477 \begin_layout Standard
33478 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
33479 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
33480 on a cross-reference box.
33483 \begin_layout Section
33488 \begin_layout Standard
33497 \begin_layout Subsection
33501 \begin_layout Standard
33502 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33506 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
33513 \begin_layout Subsection
33518 \begin_layout Standard
33528 \begin_layout Standard
33529 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
33531 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
33534 \begin_layout Standard
33535 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
33540 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
33543 \begin_layout Subsection
33547 \begin_layout Standard
33548 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33552 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
33559 \begin_layout Subsection
33560 Start Appendix Here
33563 \begin_layout Standard
33564 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
33565 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33569 reference "sec:Appendices"
33576 \begin_layout Subsection
33580 \begin_layout Standard
33581 Un/compresses the actual document.
33584 \begin_layout Subsection
33586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33588 name "sub:Settings"
33596 \begin_layout Standard
33597 Document ! Settings
33605 \begin_layout Standard
33606 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
33608 You can save your document settings as default with the
33610 Save as Document Defaults
33612 button in the dialog.
33613 This will create a template named
33617 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
33621 \begin_layout Standard
33622 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
33625 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
33629 \begin_layout Standard
33630 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
33631 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
33633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33635 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
33640 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
33645 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
33646 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
33649 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
33653 \begin_layout Standard
33654 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
33656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33658 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
33665 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
33669 \begin_layout Standard
33670 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
33672 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
33676 \begin_layout Standard
33677 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
33678 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
33679 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
33682 \begin_layout Standard
33683 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
33691 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
33695 \begin_layout Standard
33696 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
33698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33700 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
33705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33707 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
33714 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
33718 \begin_layout Standard
33719 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
33721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33723 reference "sub:Margins"
33730 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
33735 \begin_layout Standard
33736 Language ! Encoding
33744 \begin_layout Standard
33745 The document language and quote styles are set here.
33746 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
33747 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
33748 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
33749 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
33750 known for a particular character).
33754 \begin_layout Standard
33755 The known commands are defined in a text file.
33756 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
33761 manual for details.
33769 \begin_layout Standard
33770 If you use the option
33772 use language's default encoding
33774 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
33776 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
33777 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
33778 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
33779 exactly one encoding.
33780 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
33788 \begin_layout Standard
33789 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
33790 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
33792 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
33793 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33807 \begin_layout Standard
33808 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
33809 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
33810 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
33811 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
33812 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
33813 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
33816 use language's default encoding
33818 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
33819 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
33820 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
33823 \begin_layout Standard
33824 Here is a list with the important encodings:
33827 \begin_layout Description
33831 use language's default encoding
33833 , but the LaTeX-package
33841 \begin_layout Standard
33842 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
33848 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
33851 \begin_layout Description
33852 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
33855 \begin_layout Description
33856 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
33857 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
33860 \begin_layout Description
33861 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
33864 \begin_layout Description
33865 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
33868 \begin_layout Description
33869 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
33872 \begin_layout Description
33873 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
33876 \begin_layout Description
33877 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
33880 \begin_layout Description
33881 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
33882 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
33885 \begin_layout Description
33886 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
33887 Serbian, and Ukrainian
33890 \begin_layout Description
33891 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
33894 \begin_layout Description
33895 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
33898 \begin_layout Description
33899 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
33902 \begin_layout Description
33903 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
33906 \begin_layout Description
33907 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
33908 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
33909 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
33913 \begin_layout Description
33914 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
33915 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
33918 \begin_layout Description
33919 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
33923 \begin_layout Description
33924 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
33927 \begin_layout Description
33928 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
33929 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
33932 \begin_layout Description
33933 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
33934 the euro currency sign, the
33938 \begin_layout Standard
33947 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
33948 be the replacement for latin1
33951 \begin_layout Description
33952 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
33955 \begin_layout Description
33956 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
33964 \begin_layout Standard
33965 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
33970 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
33973 \begin_layout Description
33974 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
33978 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
33981 \begin_layout Description
33982 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
33990 \begin_layout Standard
33991 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
33996 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
33999 \begin_layout Description
34000 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
34004 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
34012 \begin_layout Standard
34013 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
34014 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34028 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34032 \begin_layout Standard
34033 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
34034 in section\InsetSpace ~
34036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34038 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34045 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34049 \begin_layout Standard
34050 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
34056 \begin_layout Standard
34057 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
34072 \begin_layout Standard
34073 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
34079 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
34081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34083 reference "sec:Bibliography"
34090 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34094 \begin_layout Standard
34095 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
34101 \begin_layout Standard
34102 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
34115 \begin_layout Standard
34116 LaTeX-packages ! esint
34123 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
34126 \begin_layout Standard
34131 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
34132 assure that you have enabled AMS.
34135 \begin_layout Standard
34140 is used for special integral characters.
34143 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34147 \begin_layout Standard
34148 The float placement options are described in section
34149 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
34153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34155 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
34162 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34166 \begin_layout Standard
34167 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
34168 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
34170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34172 reference "sec:Itemize"
34179 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34183 \begin_layout Standard
34184 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
34186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34188 reference "sec:Branches"
34195 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34200 \begin_layout Standard
34210 \begin_layout Standard
34211 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
34212 to define LaTeX-commands.
34213 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
34214 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
34218 \begin_layout Standard
34219 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
34221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34223 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
34230 \begin_layout Section
34235 \begin_layout Standard
34244 \begin_layout Subsection
34248 \begin_layout Standard
34249 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34253 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
34260 \begin_layout Subsection
34264 \begin_layout Standard
34265 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
34267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34269 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
34276 \begin_layout Subsection
34281 \begin_layout Standard
34290 \begin_layout Standard
34291 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
34295 \begin_layout Subsection
34300 \begin_layout Standard
34311 \begin_layout Standard
34320 \begin_layout Standard
34321 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
34324 \begin_layout Subsection
34329 \begin_layout Standard
34330 Reconfiguration of LyX
34339 \begin_layout Standard
34340 LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}
34348 \begin_layout Standard
34349 This menu reconfigures LyX.
34350 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
34352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34354 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34361 \begin_layout Subsection
34365 \begin_layout Standard
34366 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
34367 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
34371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34373 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
34380 \begin_layout Section
34385 \begin_layout Standard
34394 \begin_layout Standard
34395 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
34399 \begin_layout Standard
34405 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
34406 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
34408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34410 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
34417 \begin_layout Section
34419 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34421 name "sec:Toolbars"
34428 \begin_layout Standard
34429 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34433 reference "sub:Toolbars"
34440 \begin_layout Standard
34441 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
34442 This is described in the
34450 \begin_layout Subsection
34455 \begin_layout Standard
34464 \begin_layout Standard
34465 \begin_inset Graphics
34466 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
34476 \begin_layout Standard
34477 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34483 \begin_layout Standard
34484 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
34489 \begin_layout Standard
34501 \begin_inset Note Note
34504 \begin_layout Standard
34505 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
34510 manual for more information.
34518 \begin_layout Standard
34519 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34525 \begin_layout Standard
34526 \begin_inset Tabular
34527 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
34528 <features islongtable="true">
34529 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
34530 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
34532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34535 \begin_layout Standard
34536 \begin_inset Graphics
34537 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
34549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34552 \begin_layout Standard
34553 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
34566 \begin_layout Standard
34567 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
34573 \begin_layout Standard
34575 \begin_inset Tabular
34576 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
34577 <features islongtable="true">
34578 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34579 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34580 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34584 \begin_layout Standard
34587 \begin_inset Graphics
34588 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
34591 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34603 \begin_layout Standard
34606 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34613 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34617 \begin_layout Standard
34618 \begin_inset Graphics
34619 filename ../images/file-open.png
34622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34634 \begin_layout Standard
34637 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34644 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34648 \begin_layout Standard
34649 \begin_inset Graphics
34650 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
34653 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34665 \begin_layout Standard
34668 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34675 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34679 \begin_layout Standard
34680 \begin_inset Graphics
34681 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
34684 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
34693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34696 \begin_layout Standard
34699 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34706 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34710 \begin_layout Standard
34711 \begin_inset Graphics
34712 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
34715 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34727 \begin_layout Standard
34730 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34737 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34741 \begin_layout Standard
34742 \begin_inset Graphics
34743 filename ../images/undo.png
34746 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34758 \begin_layout Standard
34761 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34768 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34772 \begin_layout Standard
34773 \begin_inset Graphics
34774 filename ../images/redo.png
34777 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34789 \begin_layout Standard
34792 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34799 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34803 \begin_layout Standard
34804 \begin_inset Graphics
34805 filename ../images/cut.png
34808 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34820 \begin_layout Standard
34823 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34830 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34834 \begin_layout Standard
34835 \begin_inset Graphics
34836 filename ../images/copy.png
34839 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34851 \begin_layout Standard
34854 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34861 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34865 \begin_layout Standard
34866 \begin_inset Graphics
34867 filename ../images/paste.png
34870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34882 \begin_layout Standard
34885 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34892 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34896 \begin_layout Standard
34897 \begin_inset Graphics
34898 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
34901 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34902 rotateOrigin center
34911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34914 \begin_layout Standard
34917 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34918 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34919 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34926 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34930 \begin_layout Standard
34931 \begin_inset Graphics
34932 filename ../images/font-emph.png
34935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34947 \begin_layout Standard
34948 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
34950 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34960 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34964 \begin_layout Standard
34965 \begin_inset Graphics
34966 filename ../images/font-noun.png
34969 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34981 \begin_layout Standard
34982 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
34984 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34994 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34998 \begin_layout Standard
34999 \begin_inset Graphics
35000 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
35003 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35015 \begin_layout Standard
35016 Formats text using the current settings in the
35018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35028 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35032 \begin_layout Standard
35033 \begin_inset Graphics
35034 filename ../images/math-mode.png
35037 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35049 \begin_layout Standard
35052 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35053 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35054 Inline\InsetSpace ~
35061 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35065 \begin_layout Standard
35066 \begin_inset Graphics
35067 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
35070 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35071 rotateOrigin center
35080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35083 \begin_layout Standard
35086 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35093 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35097 \begin_layout Standard
35098 \begin_inset Graphics
35099 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
35102 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35103 rotateOrigin center
35112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35115 \begin_layout Standard
35118 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35125 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35129 \begin_layout Standard
35130 \begin_inset Graphics
35131 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
35134 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35135 rotateOrigin center
35144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35147 \begin_layout Standard
35148 Toggle outline window on/off,
35150 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35157 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35161 \begin_layout Standard
35162 \begin_inset Graphics
35163 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
35166 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35167 rotateOrigin center
35176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35179 \begin_layout Standard
35180 Toggle math toolbar on/off
35186 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35190 \begin_layout Standard
35191 \begin_inset Graphics
35192 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
35195 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35196 rotateOrigin center
35205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35208 \begin_layout Standard
35209 Toggle table toolbar on/off
35222 \begin_layout Subsection
35227 \begin_layout Standard
35236 \begin_layout Standard
35237 \begin_inset Graphics
35238 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
35248 \begin_layout Standard
35249 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
35255 \begin_layout Standard
35256 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
35260 \begin_layout Standard
35261 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
35267 \begin_layout Standard
35268 \begin_inset Tabular
35269 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="23" columns="2">
35270 <features islongtable="true">
35271 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
35272 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
35273 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35277 \begin_layout Standard
35278 \begin_inset Graphics
35279 filename ../images/layout.png
35282 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35283 rotateOrigin center
35292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35295 \begin_layout Standard
35302 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35306 \begin_layout Standard
35307 \begin_inset Graphics
35308 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
35311 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35312 rotateOrigin center
35321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35324 \begin_layout Standard
35331 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35335 \begin_layout Standard
35336 \begin_inset Graphics
35337 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
35340 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35341 rotateOrigin center
35350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35353 \begin_layout Standard
35360 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35364 \begin_layout Standard
35365 \begin_inset Graphics
35366 filename ../images/layout_List.png
35369 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35370 rotateOrigin center
35379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35382 \begin_layout Standard
35389 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35393 \begin_layout Standard
35394 \begin_inset Graphics
35395 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
35398 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35399 rotateOrigin center
35408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35411 \begin_layout Standard
35418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35422 \begin_layout Standard
35423 \begin_inset Graphics
35424 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
35427 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35428 rotateOrigin center
35437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35440 \begin_layout Standard
35443 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35444 Increase\InsetSpace ~
35452 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35456 \begin_layout Standard
35457 \begin_inset Graphics
35458 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
35461 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35462 rotateOrigin center
35471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35474 \begin_layout Standard
35477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35478 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
35486 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35490 \begin_layout Standard
35491 \begin_inset Graphics
35492 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
35495 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35507 \begin_layout Standard
35510 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35511 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35518 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35522 \begin_layout Standard
35523 \begin_inset Graphics
35524 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
35527 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35539 \begin_layout Standard
35542 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35543 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35550 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35554 \begin_layout Standard
35555 \begin_inset Graphics
35556 filename ../images/label-insert.png
35559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35571 \begin_layout Standard
35574 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35581 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35585 \begin_layout Standard
35586 \begin_inset Graphics
35587 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
35590 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35602 \begin_layout Standard
35605 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35612 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35616 \begin_layout Standard
35617 \begin_inset Graphics
35618 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
35621 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35633 \begin_layout Standard
35636 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35643 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35647 \begin_layout Standard
35648 \begin_inset Graphics
35649 filename ../images/index-insert.png
35652 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35664 \begin_layout Standard
35667 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35675 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35679 \begin_layout Standard
35680 \begin_inset Graphics
35681 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
35684 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35696 \begin_layout Standard
35699 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35700 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
35707 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35711 \begin_layout Standard
35712 \begin_inset Graphics
35713 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
35716 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35728 \begin_layout Standard
35731 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35738 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35742 \begin_layout Standard
35743 \begin_inset Graphics
35744 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
35747 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35748 rotateOrigin center
35757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35760 \begin_layout Standard
35763 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35764 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
35771 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35775 \begin_layout Standard
35776 \begin_inset Graphics
35777 filename ../images/note-insert.png
35780 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35792 \begin_layout Standard
35795 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35796 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35804 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35808 \begin_layout Standard
35809 \begin_inset Graphics
35810 filename D:/LyXSVN/lyx-devel/lib/images/href-insert.png
35813 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35825 \begin_layout Standard
35828 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35835 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35839 \begin_layout Standard
35840 \begin_inset Graphics
35841 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
35844 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35856 \begin_layout Standard
35859 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35866 \begin_layout Standard
35881 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35885 \begin_layout Standard
35886 \begin_inset Graphics
35887 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
35890 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35902 \begin_layout Standard
35905 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35906 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35914 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35918 \begin_layout Standard
35919 \begin_inset Graphics
35920 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
35923 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35924 rotateOrigin center
35933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35936 \begin_layout Standard
35939 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35947 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35951 \begin_layout Standard
35952 \begin_inset Graphics
35953 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
35956 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35957 rotateOrigin center
35966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35969 \begin_layout Standard
35972 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35973 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
35980 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35984 \begin_layout Standard
35985 \begin_inset Graphics
35986 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
35989 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35990 rotateOrigin center
35999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36002 \begin_layout Standard
36005 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36019 \begin_layout Subsection
36020 View / Update Toolbar
36024 \begin_layout Standard
36025 Toolbar ! View / Update
36033 \begin_layout Standard
36034 \begin_inset Graphics
36035 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
36044 \begin_layout Standard
36045 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36051 \begin_layout Standard
36052 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
36056 \begin_layout Standard
36057 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36063 \begin_layout Standard
36064 \begin_inset Tabular
36065 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
36066 <features islongtable="true">
36067 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36068 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36069 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36073 \begin_layout Standard
36074 \begin_inset Graphics
36075 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
36078 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36079 rotateOrigin center
36088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36091 \begin_layout Standard
36094 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36101 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36105 \begin_layout Standard
36106 \begin_inset Graphics
36107 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
36110 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36111 rotateOrigin center
36120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36123 \begin_layout Standard
36126 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36127 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36138 \begin_layout Standard
36139 \begin_inset Graphics
36140 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
36143 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36144 rotateOrigin center
36153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36156 \begin_layout Standard
36159 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36166 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36170 \begin_layout Standard
36171 \begin_inset Graphics
36172 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
36175 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36176 rotateOrigin center
36185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36188 \begin_layout Standard
36191 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36192 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36197 \begin_layout Standard
36198 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
36199 functionality is merged with
36201 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36216 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36220 \begin_layout Standard
36221 \begin_inset Graphics
36222 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
36225 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36226 rotateOrigin center
36235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36238 \begin_layout Standard
36241 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36248 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36252 \begin_layout Standard
36253 \begin_inset Graphics
36254 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
36257 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36258 rotateOrigin center
36267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36270 \begin_layout Standard
36273 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36274 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36288 \begin_layout Subsection
36292 \begin_layout Standard
36293 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
36295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36297 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36301 , the table toolbar
36305 \begin_layout Standard
36311 is explained in the
36318 \begin_layout Chapter
36324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36326 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36334 \begin_layout Standard
36343 \begin_layout Standard
36344 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36346 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
36349 \begin_layout Section
36353 \begin_layout Subsection
36355 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36365 \begin_layout Standard
36366 Customization ! of toolbars
36375 \begin_layout Standard
36376 Customization ! of menus
36384 \begin_layout Standard
36385 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
36388 \begin_layout Standard
36393 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
36401 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36402 User Interface File
36406 \begin_layout Standard
36407 Customization ! of toolbars
36416 \begin_layout Standard
36417 Customization ! of menus
36425 \begin_layout Standard
36426 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
36427 interface (ui) file.
36428 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
36429 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
36438 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
36439 files and edit the entries.
36442 \begin_layout Standard
36443 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
36455 entries must be ended with an explicit
36480 and in the case of the
36481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36493 The syntax for the entries is:
36496 \begin_layout Standard
36497 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
36503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36525 \begin_layout Standard
36527 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
36530 All LyX-functions are listed in
36531 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36540 \begin_layout Standard
36541 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
36547 \begin_layout Standard
36548 An example: Assuming you use the menu
36550 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36553 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
36557 \begin_layout Standard
36558 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
36563 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
36566 \begin_layout Standard
36568 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
36571 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
36574 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36579 \begin_layout Standard
36588 \begin_layout Standard
36589 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
36590 Several binding files are available:
36593 \begin_layout Description
36594 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
36597 \begin_layout Description
36598 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
36609 \begin_layout Description
36610 mac.bind set of bindings for
36612 Mac\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36618 \begin_layout Standard
36619 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
36623 , and bind files for special languages.
36624 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
36626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36634 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
36638 \begin_layout Standard
36639 Some bind-files, like
36643 , have only a small scope.
36644 When looking at the the end of the file
36648 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
36651 \begin_layout Standard
36652 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
36653 s with a text editor.
36654 The syntax of the entries is:
36657 \begin_layout Standard
36663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36681 \begin_layout Standard
36682 All LyX-functions are listed in
36683 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36692 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36696 \begin_layout Standard
36699 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36700 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36701 restore window size, or use fixed size
36703 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
36707 \begin_layout Standard
36710 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36711 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36712 restore window position
36714 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
36717 \begin_layout Standard
36720 Restore cursor positions
36722 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
36726 \begin_layout Standard
36729 Load opened files from last session
36731 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
36734 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36738 name "sub:Backup documents"
36746 \begin_layout Standard
36755 \begin_layout Standard
36760 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
36763 \begin_layout Standard
36768 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
36771 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36778 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36782 \begin_layout Standard
36785 Cursor follows scrollbar
36787 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
36791 \begin_layout Subsection
36796 \begin_layout Standard
36803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36805 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
36812 \begin_layout Standard
36813 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
36816 \begin_layout Standard
36817 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
36820 \begin_layout Standard
36825 This section only deals with the fonts
36830 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
36833 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36844 \begin_layout Standard
36845 By default, LyX uses
36849 as roman (serif) font,
36857 (depends on the system) as
36873 \begin_layout Standard
36874 You can change the font size with the
36881 \begin_layout Standard
36886 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
36887 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
36888 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36889 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36890 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
36892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36894 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
36901 \begin_layout Standard
36906 are the same as if a document font size of 10
36907 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36911 The sizes are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
36913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36915 reference "sub:Document-Font"
36922 \begin_layout Subsection
36927 \begin_layout Standard
36937 \begin_layout Standard
36946 \begin_layout Standard
36947 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
36948 Choose an item in the list and use the
36955 \begin_layout Subsection
36960 \begin_layout Standard
36961 Settings ! Graphics
36969 \begin_layout Standard
36970 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
36973 \begin_layout Standard
36978 enables previewing snippets of your document.
36979 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
36981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36983 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
36990 \begin_layout Subsection
36995 \begin_layout Standard
37005 \begin_layout Standard
37006 Settings ! Keyboard Map
37012 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37014 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
37021 \begin_layout Standard
37022 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
37023 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
37024 If you have e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37026 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian
37027 one, you can use the keyboard map file named
37034 \begin_layout Standard
37035 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37038 \begin_layout Standard
37043 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
37051 \begin_layout Section
37056 \begin_layout Standard
37066 \begin_layout Standard
37067 Settings ! Directory
37075 \begin_layout Description
37076 Working\InsetSpace ~
37077 directory This is LyX's working directory.
37078 It is the default when you
37094 \begin_layout Description
37095 Document\InsetSpace ~
37096 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
37098 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37106 \begin_layout Description
37107 Backup\InsetSpace ~
37112 \begin_layout Standard
37118 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
37119 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section\InsetSpace ~
37121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37123 reference "sub:Backup documents"
37131 will be used to save the backups.
37133 The backup files have the ending
37134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37144 \begin_layout Description
37149 \begin_layout Standard
37156 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
37157 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
37160 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37163 \begin_layout Standard
37168 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
37176 \begin_layout Description
37177 Temporary\InsetSpace ~
37178 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
37181 \begin_layout Description
37183 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
37184 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
37185 to find it on the system.
37186 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
37187 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
37188 On Unix\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37189 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37190 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there
37191 are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system
37196 \begin_layout Section
37200 \begin_layout Standard
37201 Here you can insert your name and email address.
37202 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
37203 in section\InsetSpace ~
37205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37207 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37211 , to mark changes you make as yours.
37214 \begin_layout Section
37219 \begin_layout Standard
37220 Language ! Settings
37229 \begin_layout Standard
37230 Settings ! Language
37238 \begin_layout Subsection
37242 \begin_layout Description
37243 Default\InsetSpace ~
37244 language is the language used in new documents
37247 \begin_layout Description
37248 Language\InsetSpace ~
37249 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles
37251 The default is the LaTeX-command
37257 that loads the package
37265 \begin_layout Standard
37266 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
37268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37270 reference "sec:ERT"
37285 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
37286 the document language.
37287 A text label is for instance the word
37288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37295 at the beginning of every table-caption.
37298 \begin_layout Description
37299 Command\InsetSpace ~
37300 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain
37301 document language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
37302 An example is the start command
37308 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
37313 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37328 selectlanguage{$$lang}
37333 \begin_layout Description
37334 Command\InsetSpace ~
37340 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
37341 command toggles the package on and off.
37344 \begin_layout Description
37353 \begin_layout Description
37354 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
37355 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
37356 used by all LaTeX-packages.
37357 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
37364 \begin_layout Description
37366 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen
37368 When this option is not set, the
37370 Command\InsetSpace ~
37373 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
37374 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
37376 Command\InsetSpace ~
37382 \begin_layout Description
37390 When it is not set, the
37392 Command\InsetSpace ~
37395 is set to the end of the document.
37398 \begin_layout Description
37400 foreign\InsetSpace ~
37401 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from
37402 the document language will be underlined blue.
37405 \begin_layout Description
37409 language\InsetSpace ~
37410 support Enables the use of languages, written from right
37411 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
37414 \begin_layout Subsection
37418 \begin_layout Standard
37419 The spellchecker settings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
37421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37423 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37430 \begin_layout Section
37434 \begin_layout Subsection
37436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37446 \begin_layout Standard
37456 \begin_layout Standard
37465 \begin_layout Description
37466 Default\InsetSpace ~
37467 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
37468 The name will be used when the
37475 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37478 \begin_layout Standard
37483 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
37492 \begin_layout Description
37494 output\InsetSpace ~
37496 printer This option works only for the
37501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37513 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
37514 This is an option only for dvips experts.
37517 \begin_layout Description
37518 Printer\InsetSpace ~
37519 command is the command LyX\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37520 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37521 LaTeX uses for printing.
37522 The default is on most systems
37529 \begin_layout Description
37530 Printer\InsetSpace ~
37531 Command\InsetSpace ~
37532 Options Here you can specify printer options.
37533 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
37534 of the program that provides the
37541 \begin_layout Subsection
37546 \begin_layout Standard
37556 \begin_layout Standard
37557 Settings ! Date format
37565 \begin_layout Standard
37566 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
37569 \begin_inset Flex URL
37572 \begin_layout Standard
37573 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
37580 For example the format
37584 prints the date as day/month/year.
37587 \begin_layout Subsection
37591 \begin_layout Description
37592 Output\InsetSpace ~
37594 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line
37595 when using the menu
37597 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37598 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37603 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
37607 \begin_layout Description
37609 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
37614 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
37615 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
37618 \begin_layout Subsection
37623 \begin_layout Standard
37631 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37633 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
37641 \begin_layout Standard
37650 \begin_layout Description
37655 \begin_layout Standard
37663 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
37668 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
37690 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
37691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37703 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
37704 LyX sets up in the background.
37705 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
37708 \begin_layout Description
37709 Default\InsetSpace ~
37711 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
37716 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
37719 \begin_layout Description
37722 options\InsetSpace ~
37724 document\InsetSpace ~
37725 classes\InsetSpace ~
37726 changes Removes all manually set document
37727 class options in the
37729 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37732 dialog when changing the document class.
37735 \begin_layout Standard
37738 External Applications
37740 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
37741 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
37742 manuals of the applications.
37743 Currently the following commands can be set:
37746 \begin_layout Description
37751 \begin_layout Standard
37759 command Command for the program
37763 that is described in section
37774 \begin_layout Description
37779 \begin_layout Standard
37787 command Command for the program
37791 that generates the bibliography, see section\InsetSpace ~
37793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37795 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
37802 \begin_layout Description
37804 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section\InsetSpace ~
37806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37808 reference "sub:Index-Program"
37815 \begin_layout Description
37817 viewer\InsetSpace ~
37820 options They only have an effect when the program
37824 is used as DVI-viewer.
37827 \begin_layout Subsection
37832 \begin_layout Standard
37842 \begin_layout Standard
37851 \begin_layout Standard
37856 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
37859 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
37861 uses the Windows path style:
37864 \begin_layout Standard
37872 \begin_layout Standard
37873 instead of the Unix path style:
37876 \begin_layout Standard
37880 \begin_layout Section
37885 \begin_layout Standard
37894 \begin_layout Standard
37895 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
37896 from one format to another.
37897 You can modify them or create new ones.
37898 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
37912 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
37918 drop-down list, modify the
37922 field, and press the
37929 \begin_layout Standard
37932 Converter File Cache
37934 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
37937 Maximum Age (in days
37940 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
37941 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
37944 \begin_layout Standard
37945 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
37946 the converter definition, is described in section
37957 \begin_layout Section
37962 \begin_layout Standard
37969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37971 name "sec:File-Formats"
37978 \begin_layout Standard
37979 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
37980 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
37982 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
37999 \begin_layout Standard
38000 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
38001 is described in section
38012 \begin_layout Section
38017 \begin_layout Standard
38026 \begin_layout Standard
38027 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
38028 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
38029 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
38030 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
38031 This is done by a Copier.
38034 \begin_layout Standard
38035 More about converters is described in section
38046 \begin_layout Chapter
38047 Units available in LyX
38051 \begin_layout Standard
38058 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38060 name "cha:Units-available-in"
38067 \begin_layout Standard
38068 To understand the units described in this documentation,
38069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38071 reference "cap:Units"
38075 explains all units available in LyX.
38078 \begin_layout Standard
38079 \begin_inset Float table
38085 \begin_layout Standard
38086 \begin_inset Caption
38088 \begin_layout Standard
38089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38103 \begin_layout Standard
38104 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38110 \begin_layout Standard
38112 \begin_inset Tabular
38113 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
38115 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
38116 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
38117 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
38118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38121 \begin_layout Standard
38127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38130 \begin_layout Standard
38137 <row topline="true">
38138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38141 \begin_layout Standard
38147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38150 \begin_layout Standard
38157 <row topline="true">
38158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38161 \begin_layout Standard
38167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38170 \begin_layout Standard
38177 <row topline="true">
38178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38181 \begin_layout Standard
38187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38190 \begin_layout Standard
38197 <row topline="true">
38198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38201 \begin_layout Standard
38207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38210 \begin_layout Standard
38211 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38212 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38219 <row topline="true">
38220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38223 \begin_layout Standard
38229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38232 \begin_layout Standard
38233 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38234 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38241 <row topline="true">
38242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38245 \begin_layout Standard
38251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38254 \begin_layout Standard
38255 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38256 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38263 <row topline="true">
38264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38267 \begin_layout Standard
38273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38276 \begin_layout Standard
38277 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38278 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38285 <row topline="true">
38286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38289 \begin_layout Standard
38295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38298 \begin_layout Standard
38299 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38301 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
38304 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38311 <row topline="true">
38312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38315 \begin_layout Standard
38321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38324 \begin_layout Standard
38325 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38326 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38333 <row topline="true">
38334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38337 \begin_layout Standard
38343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38346 \begin_layout Standard
38347 % of original image width
38353 <row topline="true">
38354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38357 \begin_layout Standard
38363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38366 \begin_layout Standard
38373 <row topline="true">
38374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38377 \begin_layout Standard
38383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38386 \begin_layout Standard
38393 <row topline="true">
38394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38397 \begin_layout Standard
38403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38406 \begin_layout Standard
38413 <row topline="true">
38414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38417 \begin_layout Standard
38423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38426 \begin_layout Standard
38433 <row topline="true">
38434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38437 \begin_layout Standard
38443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38446 \begin_layout Standard
38453 <row topline="true">
38454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38457 \begin_layout Standard
38463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38466 \begin_layout Standard
38473 <row topline="true">
38474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38477 \begin_layout Standard
38483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38486 \begin_layout Standard
38497 <row topline="true">
38498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38501 \begin_layout Standard
38507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38510 \begin_layout Standard
38521 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
38522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38525 \begin_layout Standard
38531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38534 \begin_layout Standard
38535 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38536 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38555 \begin_layout Chapter
38557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38566 \begin_layout Standard
38567 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
38568 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
38571 \begin_layout Itemize
38574 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
38577 \begin_layout Itemize
38583 \begin_layout Itemize
38589 \begin_layout Itemize
38595 \begin_layout Itemize
38601 \begin_layout Itemize
38607 \begin_layout Itemize
38613 \begin_layout Itemize
38619 \begin_layout Itemize
38622 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
38625 \begin_layout Itemize
38631 \begin_layout Itemize
38637 \begin_layout Itemize
38643 \begin_layout Itemize
38649 \begin_layout Itemize
38655 \begin_layout Itemize
38661 \begin_layout Itemize
38667 \begin_layout Itemize
38673 \begin_layout Itemize
38675 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38684 \begin_layout Standard
38687 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
38694 \begin_layout Bibliography
38695 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
38696 LatexCommand bibitem
38706 \begin_layout Standard
38710 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
38720 \begin_inset Note Note
38723 \begin_layout Standard
38730 is explained in the
38735 It creates a TOC entry.
38738 \begin_layout Standard
38739 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
38740 two different ones in one document.
38749 \begin_layout Standard
38753 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
38762 \begin_layout Standard
38770 \begin_inset Note Note
38773 \begin_layout Standard
38780 is explained in the
38785 It creates a hyperlink.
38793 \begin_inset Flex URL
38796 \begin_layout Standard
38797 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
38805 \begin_layout Bibliography
38806 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
38807 LatexCommand bibitem
38808 key "latexcompanion"
38812 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
38814 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
38817 Addison-Wesley, 2004
38820 \begin_layout Bibliography
38821 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
38822 LatexCommand bibitem
38827 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
38830 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
38833 Addison-Wesley, 2003
38836 \begin_layout Bibliography
38837 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
38838 LatexCommand bibitem
38845 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
38848 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
38851 \begin_layout Bibliography
38852 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
38853 LatexCommand bibitem
38865 Addison-Wesley, 1984
38868 \begin_layout Bibliography
38869 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
38870 LatexCommand bibitem
38878 \begin_inset Flex URL
38881 \begin_layout Standard
38882 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
38890 \begin_layout Bibliography
38891 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
38892 LatexCommand bibitem
38898 \begin_inset Flex URL
38901 \begin_layout Standard
38902 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
38910 \begin_layout Bibliography
38911 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
38912 LatexCommand bibitem
38921 \begin_layout Standard
38925 href{http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi}{
38934 \begin_layout Standard
38948 \begin_inset Flex URL
38951 \begin_layout Standard
38952 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
38960 \begin_layout Bibliography
38961 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
38962 LatexCommand bibitem
38971 \begin_layout Standard
38975 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf}{
38984 \begin_layout Standard
38991 of the LaTeX-package
38999 \begin_layout Standard
39000 LaTeX-packages ! caption
39008 \begin_inset Flex URL
39011 \begin_layout Standard
39012 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
39020 \begin_layout Bibliography
39021 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39022 LatexCommand bibitem
39031 \begin_layout Standard
39035 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
39045 \begin_layout Standard
39052 of the LaTeX-package
39060 \begin_layout Standard
39061 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
39069 \begin_inset Flex URL
39072 \begin_layout Standard
39073 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
39081 \begin_layout Bibliography
39082 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39083 LatexCommand bibitem
39092 \begin_layout Standard
39096 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
39106 \begin_layout Standard
39113 of the LaTeX-package
39121 \begin_layout Standard
39122 LaTeX-packages ! floatflt
39130 \begin_inset Flex URL
39133 \begin_layout Standard
39134 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf
39142 \begin_layout Bibliography
39143 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39144 LatexCommand bibitem
39153 \begin_layout Standard
39157 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
39166 \begin_layout Standard
39173 of the LaTeX-package
39181 \begin_layout Standard
39182 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
39190 \begin_inset Flex URL
39193 \begin_layout Standard
39194 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
39202 \begin_layout Bibliography
39203 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39204 LatexCommand bibitem
39213 \begin_layout Standard
39217 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
39226 \begin_layout Standard
39233 of the LaTeX-package
39241 \begin_layout Standard
39242 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39250 \begin_inset Flex URL
39253 \begin_layout Standard
39254 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
39262 \begin_layout Bibliography
39263 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39264 LatexCommand bibitem
39273 \begin_layout Standard
39277 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX}{
39286 \begin_layout Standard
39293 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
39296 \begin_inset Flex URL
39299 \begin_layout Standard
39300 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
39308 \begin_layout Bibliography
39309 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39310 LatexCommand bibitem
39319 \begin_layout Standard
39323 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
39332 \begin_layout Standard
39339 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
39342 \begin_inset Flex URL
39345 \begin_layout Standard
39346 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
39354 \begin_layout Bibliography
39355 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39356 LatexCommand bibitem
39365 \begin_layout Standard
39369 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
39378 \begin_layout Standard
39385 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
39388 \begin_inset Flex URL
39391 \begin_layout Standard
39392 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
39400 \begin_layout Bibliography
39401 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39402 LatexCommand bibitem
39411 \begin_layout Standard
39415 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
39424 \begin_layout Standard
39431 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
39434 \begin_inset Flex URL
39437 \begin_layout Standard
39438 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
39446 \begin_layout Bibliography
39447 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39448 LatexCommand bibitem
39457 \begin_layout Standard
39461 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
39470 \begin_layout Standard
39477 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
39480 \begin_inset Flex URL
39483 \begin_layout Standard
39484 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
39492 \begin_layout Bibliography
39493 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39494 LatexCommand bibitem
39503 \begin_layout Standard
39507 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList}{
39516 \begin_layout Standard
39523 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
39526 \begin_inset Flex URL
39529 \begin_layout Standard
39530 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
39538 \begin_layout Standard
39542 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
39543 LatexCommand bibtex
39544 options "biblio/alphadin"
39545 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
39552 \begin_layout Standard
39553 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
39556 \begin_layout Standard
39560 \begin_layout Standard
39564 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
39574 \begin_inset Note Note
39577 \begin_layout Standard
39584 is explained in the
39589 It creates a TOC entry.
39592 \begin_layout Standard
39593 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
39594 two different ones in one document.
39602 \begin_layout Standard
39605 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
39606 LatexCommand printnomenclature
39611 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
39612 LatexCommand printindex